S 450

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 233

EN

Operation & Maintenance Manual


S450 Skid-Steer Loader

S/N AV9V11001 & Above

EQUIPPED WITH
BOBCAT INTERLOCK
CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)

6990807enGB (10-14) (B) Printed in Belgium © Bobcat Company 2014


Original Instructions EU S3A

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS
CORRECT
Operator must have instructions
WARNING before operating the machine.
Untrained operators can cause
injury or death.
W-2001-0502

Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, P-90216


means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety
Never use the loader without
is involved!” Carefully read the message instructions. See machine signs
that follows. (decals), Operation & Maintenance
Manual, and Operator’s Handbook.

CORRECT CORRECT WRONG

NA1254 NA1198 NA1201


Always use the seat bar and fasten Never use loader without operator Never use loader as man lift or
seat belt snugly. cab with ROPS and FOPS approval. elevating device for personnel.
Always keep feet on the foot pedals or Fasten your seat belt.
footrests when operating loader.

WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA1190 NA1199 NA1194


Do not use loader in atmosphere Never carry riders. Always carry bucket or
with explosive dust, explosive gas, attachments as low as possible.
or where exhaust can contact Keep bystanders away from work Do not travel or turn with lift arms
flammable material. area. up.
Load, unload, and turn on flat level
ground.

WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA1196 NA1197 NA1195

Never exceed Rated Operating Never leave loader with engine Never modify equipment.
Capacity. running or with lift arms up.
To park, engage parking brake and Use only attachments approved by
put attachment flat on the ground. Bobcat Company for this model
loader.
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
The Bobcat Loader must be equipped with safety items necessary for each job. Ask your dealer for information on the safe
use of attachments and accessories.
1. SEAT BELT: Check belt fasteners and check for damaged webbing or buckle.
2. SEAT BAR: When up, it must lock the loader controls.
3. OPERATOR CAB (ROPS and FOPS): It must be on the loader with all fasteners tight.
4. OPERATOR’S HANDBOOK: Must be in the cab.
5. SAFETY SIGNS (DECALS): Replace if damaged.
6. SAFETY TREADS: Replace if damaged.
7. GRAB HANDLES: Replace if damaged.
8. LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE: Replace if damaged.
9. PARKING BRAKE
10. BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS) OSW60-0409

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CONTENTS

FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

SAFETY AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

ALPHABETICAL INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

REFERENCE INFORMATION

Write the correct information for YOUR Bobcat loader in the spaces below. Always use these numbers when
referring to your Bobcat loader.

Loader Serial Number


Engine Serial Number

NOTES:

YOUR BOBCAT DEALER:

ADDRESS:

PHONE:

Bobcat Company Doosan Benelux SA


P.O. Box 128 Drève Richelle 167
Gwinner, ND 58040-0128 B-1410 Waterloo
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA BELGIUM

3 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


4 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


FOREWORD

This Operation & Maintenance Manual was written to give the owner / operator instructions on the safe operation
and maintenance of the Bobcat loader. READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING YOUR BOBCAT LOADER. If you have any questions, see your Bobcat dealer.
This manual may illustrate options and accessories not installed on your loader.

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11


Loader Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

LOADER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

FEATURES, ACCESSORIES, AND ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14


Standard Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Options And Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Buckets Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Special Applications Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Forestry Door And Window Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Forestry Door And Window Kit Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

5 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


6 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

Contents of EC Declaration of Conformity


This information is provided in the operators manual to comply with clause 1.7.4.2(c) of Annex I of
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC.

The official EC Declaration of Conformity is supplied in a separate document.

Manufacturer Directive 2000/14/EC: Noise Emission in the


Environment by Equipment For Use Outdoors

Notified Body
Bobcat Company Technical and Test Institute for Construction
World Headquarters Prague, Czech Republic
250 East Beaton Drive Notified Body Number: 1020
West Fargo, ND 58078-6000
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
EC Certificate No.
Technical Documentation 1020-090-022395
Doosan Benelux SA
Drève Richelle 167
B-1410 Waterloo
BELGIUM Conformity Assessment Procedure(s)
2000/14/EC, Annex VIII, Full Quality Assurance

Sound Power Levels [Lw(A)]


Measured Sound Power 100 dBA
Guaranteed Sound Power 101 dBA

Description of Equipment Equipment conforms to CE Directive(s) Listed Below


Type of Equipment: Wheeled Loader 2006/42/EC: Machinery Directive
Model Name: S450 2004/108/EC: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
Model Code: AV9V

Engine Manufacturer: Kubota


Engine Model: V2203-M-DI-EU2
Engine Power: 35,9 kW @ 2800 RPM

Declaration of Conformance
This equipment conforms to the requirements specified in all the EC Directives listed in this declaration.

Effective From:

21 March 2014

7 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


8 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED

ISO 9001 is an international standard that specifies requirements for a quality management system that controls the
processes and procedures which we use to design, develop, manufacture, and distribute Bobcat products.

British Standards Institute (BSI) is the Certified Registrar Bobcat Company chose to assess the company’s compliance
with the ISO 9001 at Bobcat's manufacturing facilities in Gwinner, North Dakota (U.S.A.), Pontchâteau (France), and the
Bobcat corporate offices (Gwinner, Bismarck, and West Fargo) in North Dakota. TÜV Rheinland is the Certified Registrar
Bobcat Company chose to assess the company’s compliance with the ISO 9001 at Bobcat’s manufacturing facility in
Dobris (Czech Republic). Only certified assessors, like BSI and TÜV Rheinland, can grant registrations.

ISO 9001 means that as a company we say what we do and do what we say. In other words, we have established
procedures and policies, and we provide evidence that the procedures and policies are followed.

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS

ENGINE OIL FILTER BATTERY


6675517 6674687

FUEL FILTER, In-Line HYDRAULIC FILTER


7247169 7024037

HYDRAULIC CHARGE FILTER


FUEL FILTER, Spin-On
6692337 (Earlier Models)
6667352
6686926 (Later Models)

AIR FILTER, Outer


7025562
HYDRAULIC FILL / BREATHER CAP
6727475
AIR FILTER, Inner
7025561

NOTE: Always verify Part Numbers with your Bobcat dealer.

9 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS

10 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS

Always use the serial number of the loader when requesting service information or when ordering parts. Early or later
models (identification made by serial number) may use different parts, or there may be different procedures to follow when
performing a specific service operation.

Loader Serial Number Engine Serial Number

Figure 1 Figure 3

P115211 P109011

The loader serial number plate (Item 1) [Figure 1] is The engine serial number (Item 1) [Figure 3] is located
located on the outside of the loader frame. above the oil fill cap.

Figure 2

Module 2 – Production
Sequence (Series)

Module 1 – Model / Engine


Combination NA3095

Explanation of loader Serial Number [Figure 2]:

1. The four digit Model / Engine Combination Module


number identifies the model number and engine
combination.

2. The five digit Production Sequence Number identifies


the order in which the loader is produced.

11 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DELIVERY REPORT

Figure 4

NA3106

The delivery report [Figure 4] contains a list of items that


must be explained or shown to the owner or operator by
the dealer when the Bobcat loader is delivered.

The delivery report must be reviewed and signed by the


owner or operator and the dealer.

12 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


LOADER IDENTIFICATION

2
1 20
11
3
12
4 19

5
18
13
10

14
6
9
7 8
15 17
16
NA9144
NA9145

ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION


Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator’s
1 11 Lift Cylinder (Both Sides)
Handbook
2 Front Lights 12 Rear Grille
3 Grab Handles 13 Back-up Alarm [D]
4 Operator Seat with Seat Belt and Seat Bar 14 Rear Work Lights and Taillights
5 Tilt Cylinders 15 Rear Door
Rear Tie-down (Both Sides) Front Tie-down located
6 Bucket [A] 16
behind Bucket
7 Bucket Steps 17 Tyres [C]
8 Step 18 Lift Arm Support Device
9 Alternate Front Tie-down (Both Sides) 19 Lift Arm
10 Front Auxiliary Quick Couplers 20 Operator Cab (ROPS and FOPS) [B]

[A] Bucket – Several different buckets and other attachments are available for the Bobcat loader.
[B] ROPS – Roll-Over Protective Structure per ISO 3471 and FOPS – Falling-Object Protective Structure per ISO 3449,
Level I. Level II is available.
[C] Tyres – Standard tyres are shown. Several different tyre styles and sizes are available for the Bobcat loader.
[D] Optional or Field Accessory, (Not Standard Equipment.)

13 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


FEATURES, ACCESSORIES, AND ATTACHMENTS

Standard Items Options And Accessories (Cont’d)

This model S450 Bobcat loader is equipped with the • Counterweight Kit
following standard items: • Deluxe Instrumentation Panel with Keyless Start
• Engine Heater
• 36,4 kW Stage III A Diesel Engine • Exhaust Guard Kit
• Adjustable Suspension Seat • Extended Pedals
• Auxiliary Hydraulics: Variable Flow • Fire Extinguisher
• Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) • FOPS Kit (Level II)
• Bob-Tach™ • FOPS Window Kit
• Cab (includes: rear and side windows and • Forestry Door and Window Kit
polycarbonate top window) ROPS and FOPS (Level I) • Forestry Door Wiper
Approved • Four-Way Flashers (Also adds Turn Signal function)
• Cab Accessory Harness • Front and Rear Light Guards
• CE Certification • Fuel Sediment Bowl Kit
• Controls: Bobcat Standard • Hose Guide
• Deluxe Interior with Storage Compartments • Hydraulic Bucket Positioning (With On / Off Selection)
• Engine / Hydraulic Systems Shutdown • Hydraulic Muffler
• Exhaust Shield • Keyless Start
• Front Horn • Lift Kit (Four-Point, Single-Point)
• Glow Plugs (Automatically activated) • Lights Extension Kit for Wide Attachments
• Instrumentation: Hourmeter, Engine rpm, System • Locking Fuel Cap
Voltage; Engine Temperature and Fuel Gauges; • Maintenance Platform
Warning Lights • Power Bob-Tach™
• Lift Arm Support Device • Radio
• Lights: Front and Rear • Rear Window Wiper
• Parking Brake • Ride Control
• Seat Bar • Road Kit
• Seat Belt • Road Option
• Sound Reduction Kit (Reduces noise at operator ear) • Rotating Beacon
• Spark Arrester Device • Seat Belt with 3-Point Restraint (Standard on Two-
• Tailgate Lock Speed Models)
• Tyres (Bobcat Heavy Duty, 10 – 16.5, 10 PR) • Seat Belt – 3 in. Wide
• Special Applications Kit
Options And Accessories • Strobe Light
• Tilt Cylinder Guard Kit
Below is a list of some equipment available from your • Tyres:
Bobcat loader dealer as Dealer and / or Factory Installed — Bobcat Heavy Duty Poly Fill, 10 – 16.5, 10 PR
Accessories and Factory Installed Options. See your — Bobcat Severe Duty, 10 – 16.5, 10 PR
Bobcat dealer for other available options and — Bobcat Severe Duty Poly Fill, 10 – 16.5, 10 PR
accessories. — Bobcat Solidflex, 31 x 6 x 10
— Bobcat Standard Duty, 10 – 16.5, 8 PR
• Adjustable Air Ride Suspension Seat • Two-Speed Travel (Available only on SJC equipped
• Air Conditioning loaders)
• Attachment Control Device (ACD) (7-Pin, 14-Pin) • Windows:
• Back-up Alarm — Externally Removable Rear Window
• Bucket Shields — Polycarbonate Rear Window
• Cab Door with Emergency Exit — Polycarbonate Side Windows
• Cab Heater
• Cab Reseal Plug Kit Specifications subject to change without notice and
• Controls: standard items may vary.
— Advanced Control System (ACS)
(Selectable Foot Pedal or Hand Control)
— Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC)
(Selectable ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Pattern Control)

14 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


FEATURES, ACCESSORIES, AND ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

These and other attachments are approved for use on Buckets Available
this model loader. Do not use unapproved attachments.
Attachments not manufactured by Bobcat may not be
approved.

The versatile Bobcat loader quickly turns into a multijob


machine with a tight-fit attachment hook-up … from
bucket to grapple to pallet fork to backhoe, and a variety
of other attachments.
Bucket
See your Bobcat dealer for information about approved
attachments and attachment Operation & Maintenance
Manuals. Many bucket styles, widths, and different capacities are
available for a variety of different applications. They
Increase the versatility of your Bobcat loader with a include Construction and Industrial, Low Profile, Fertiliser,
variety of bucket styles and sizes. and Snow, to name a few. See your Bobcat dealer for the
correct bucket for your Bobcat loader and application.
—————————————————————————————————————————————————————
Attachments

• Angle Broom • Packer Wheel


• Auger • Pallet Fork
• Backhoe • Planer
• Bale Fork • Rock Bucket
• Blades – Dozer, Snow, Snow V-Blade • Scarifier
• Breaker, Hydraulic • Scraper
• Brush Saw • Snow Pusher
• Brushcat™ Rotary Cutter • Snowblower
• Buckets • Sod Layer
• Combination Bucket • Soil Conditioner
• Concrete Mixer • Spreader
• Concrete Pump • Steel Tracks
• Cutter Crusher • Sweeper
• Digger • Tiller
• Dumping Hopper • Tilt-Tatch™
• Flail Cutter • Trencher
• Grader • Utility Fork
• Grapples – Farm / Utility, Industrial, Root • Utility Frame
• Landplane • Vibratory Roller
• Landscape Rake • Whisker Broom
• Laser Equipment

15 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


FEATURES, ACCESSORIES, AND ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Special Applications Kit Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance

• Inspect for cracks or damage. Replace if required.


• Prerinse with water to remove gritty materials.
WARNING • Wash with a mild household detergent and warm
water.
• Use a sponge or soft cloth. Rinse well with water and
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH dry with a clean soft cloth or rubber squeegee.
Some attachment applications can cause flying • Do not use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners.
debris or objects to enter front, top or rear cab • Do not clean with metal blades or scrapers.
openings. Install the Special Applications Kit to
provide added operator protection in these
applications.
W-2737-0508

Figure 5

NA1026

Available for special applications to restrict material from


entering cab openings. Kit includes 12,7 mm (0.5 in) thick
polycarbonate front door and polycarbonate rear window
[Figure 5].

Polycarbonate top window (standard item) must be


installed for special applications to restrict material from
entering cab openings.

See your Bobcat dealer for availability.

16 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


FEATURES, ACCESSORIES, AND ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Forestry Door And Window Kit Forestry Door And Window Kit Inspection And
Maintenance
Figure 6
• Inspect for cracks or damage. Replace if required.
• Order part number 7171104 if door frame is damaged
and needs to be replaced.
• Order kit part number 7193293 if door polycarbonate
is damaged and needs to be replaced.
• Prerinse with water to remove gritty materials.
• Wash with a mild household detergent and warm
water.
• Use a sponge or soft cloth. Rinse well with water and
dry with a clean soft cloth or rubber squeegee.
• Do not use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners.
• Do not clean with metal blades or scrapers.

Forestry Door Emergency Exit


NA1819
Figure 7

Available for special applications to prevent flying debris


and objects from entering the cab. Kit includes 19,1 mm
(0.75 in) thick laminated polycarbonate front door,
polycarbonate side windows, and polycarbonate rear
window [Figure 6]. 1
Polycarbonate top window (standard item) must be
installed as part of the Forestry Door And Window Kit to
restrict material from entering cab openings.

P100984

• Inspect both emergency exit levers (Item 1)


[Figure 7], linkages, and hardware for loose or
damaged parts.
• Repair or replace if necessary.

17 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


18 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SAFETY AND TRAINING RESOURCES

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Safe Operation Is The Operator’s Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Avoid Silica Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Spark Arrester Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Welding And Grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Fire Extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26


Pictorial Only Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

19 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


20 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS The dealer and owner / operator review the
recommended uses of the product when delivered. If the
Before Operation owner / operator will be using the machine for a different
application(s) he or she must ask the dealer for
Carefully follow the operating and maintenance recommendations on the new use.
instructions in this manual.

The Bobcat loader is highly maneuverable and compact.


It is rugged and useful under a wide variety of conditions.
This presents an operator with hazards associated with
off motorway, rough terrain applications, common with
Bobcat loader usage.

The Bobcat loader has an internal combustion engine


with resultant heat and exhaust. All exhaust gases can
kill or cause illness so use the Loader with adequate
ventilation.

The dealer explains the capabilities and restrictions of


the Bobcat loader and attachment for each application.
The dealer demonstrates the safe operation according to
Bobcat instructional materials, which are also available to
operators. The dealer can also identify unsafe
modifications or use of unapproved attachments. The
attachments and buckets are designed for a Rated
Operating Capacity (some have restricted lift heights).
They are designed for secure fastening to the Bobcat
loader. The user must check with the dealer, or Bobcat
literature, to determine safe loads of materials of
specified densities for the machine - attachment
combination.

The following publications and training materials provide


information on the safe use and maintenance of the
Bobcat machine and attachments:

• The Delivery Report is used to assure that complete


instructions have been given to the new owner and
that the machine and attachment is in safe operating
condition.

• The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with


the machine or attachment gives operating
information as well as routine maintenance and
service procedures. It is a part of the machine and can
be stored in a container provided on the machine.
Replacement Operation & Maintenance Manuals can
be ordered from your Bobcat dealer.

• Machine signs (decals) instruct on the safe operation


and care of your Bobcat machine or attachment. The
signs and their locations are shown in the Operation
& Maintenance Manual. Replacement signs are
available from your Bobcat dealer.

• An Operator’s Handbook is fastened to the operator


cab of the loader. Its brief instructions are convenient
to the operator. See your Bobcat dealer for more
information on translated versions.

SI SSL EMEA-0913

21 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D) Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator

Safe Operation Is The Operator’s Responsibility For an operator to be qualified, he or she must not use
drugs or alcoholic drinks which impair alertness or co-
ordination while working. An operator who is taking
Safety Alert Symbol prescription drugs must get medical advice to determine
if he or she can safely operate a machine.
This symbol with a warning statement means: A Qualified Operator Must Do The Following:
“Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!”
Carefully read the message that follows. Understand the Written Instructions, Rules and
Regulations
• The written instructions from Bobcat Company
include the Delivery Report, Operation &
Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and
WARNING machine signs (decals).
• Check the rules and regulations at your location. The
rules may include an employer’s work safety
Operator must have instructions before operating the
requirements. For driving on public roads, the
machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or machine must be equipped as stipulated by the local
death. regulations authorising operation on public roads in
W-2001-0502 your specific country. Regulations may identify a
hazard such as a utility line.
Have Training with Actual Operation
• Operator training must consist of a demonstration and
IMPORTANT verbal instruction. This training is given by your
Bobcat dealer before the product is delivered.
This notice identifies procedures which must be • The new operator must start in an area without
followed to avoid damage to the machine. bystanders and use all the controls until he or she can
I-2019-0284 operate the machine and attachment safely under all
conditions of the work area. Always fasten seat belt
before operating.
Know the Work Conditions
• Know the weight of the materials being handled.
DANGER Avoid exceeding the Rated Operating Capacity
(ROC) of the machine. Material which is very dense
will be heavier than the same volume of less dense
The signal word DANGER on the machine and in the material. Reduce the size of the load if handling
manuals indicates a hazardous situation which, if not dense material.
avoided, will result in death or serious injury. • The operator must know any prohibited uses or work
D-1002-1107 areas, for example, he or she needs to know about
excessive slopes.
• Know the location of any underground lines.
• Wear tight fitting clothing. Always wear safety glasses
WARNING when doing maintenance or service. Safety glasses,
respiratory equipment, hearing protection or Special
Applications Kits are required for some work. See
The signal word WARNING on the machine and in the your Bobcat dealer about Bobcat Safety Equipment
manuals indicates a potentially hazardous situation for your model.
which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury.
W-2044-1107

The Bobcat loader and attachment must be in good


operating condition before use.
Check all of the items on the Bobcat Service Schedule
Decal under the 8-10 hour column or as shown in the
Operation & Maintenance Manual.

SI SSL EMEA-0913

22 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D) FIRE PREVENTION

Avoid Silica Dust

Maintenance

The machine and some attachments have components


that are at high temperatures under normal operating
conditions. The primary source of high temperatures is
the engine and exhaust system. The electrical system, if
Cutting or drilling concrete containing sand or rock damaged or incorrectly maintained, can be a source of
containing quartz may result in exposure to silica dust. arcs or sparks.
Use a respirator, water spray or other means to control
dust. Flammable debris (leaves, straw, etc.) must be removed
regularly. If flammable debris is allowed to accumulate, it
can cause a fire hazard. Clean often to avoid this
accumulation. Flammable debris in the engine
compartment is a potential fire hazard.

The operator’s area, engine compartment and engine


cooling system must be inspected every day and cleaned
if necessary to prevent fire hazards and overheating.

All fuels, most lubricants and some coolants mixtures are


flammable. Flammable fluids that are leaking or spilled
onto hot surfaces or onto electrical components can
cause a fire.

Operation

Do not use the machine where exhaust, arcs, sparks or


hot components can contact flammable material,
explosive dust or gases.

Electrical

Check all electrical wiring and connections for damage.


Keep the battery terminals clean and tight. Repair or
replace any damaged part or wires that are loose or
frayed.

Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. Use


the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual
for connecting the battery and for jump starting. Do not
jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Keep
any open flames or sparks away from batteries. Do not
smoke in battery charging area.

SI SSL EMEA-0913

23 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


FIRE PREVENTION (CONT’D) Welding And Grinding

Hydraulic System Always clean the machine and attachment, disconnect


the battery, and disconnect the wiring from the Bobcat
Check hydraulic tubes, hoses and fittings for damage controllers before welding. Cover rubber hoses, battery
and leakage. Never use open flame or bare skin to check and all other flammable parts. Keep a fire extinguisher
for leaks. Hydraulic tubes and hoses must be properly near the machine when welding.
routed and have adequate support and secure clamps.
Tighten or replace any parts that show leakage. Have good ventilation when grinding or welding painted
parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts.
Always clean fluid spills. Do not use petrol or diesel fuel Toxic dust or gas can be produced.
for cleaning parts. Use commercial non-flammable
solvents. Dust generated from repairing non-metallic parts such as
hoods, fenders or covers can be flammable or explosive.
Fueling Repair such components in a well ventilated area away
from open flames or sparks.

Fire Extinguishers

Stop the engine and let it cool before adding fuel. No


smoking! Do not refuel a machine near open flames or
sparks. Fill the fuel tank outdoors.

Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) poses a greater static


ignition hazard than earlier diesel formulations with
higher Sulfur content. Avoid death or serious injury from
fire or explosion. Consult with your fuel or fuel system Know where fire extinguishers and first aid kits are
supplier to ensure the delivery system is in compliance located and how to use them. Inspect the fire
with fueling standards for proper grounding and bonding extinguisher and service the fire extinguisher regularly.
practices. Obey the recommendations on the instructions plate.

Starting

Do not use ether or starting fluids on any engine that has


glow plugs or air intake heater. These starting aids can
cause explosion and injure you or bystanders.

Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance


Manual for connecting the battery and for jump starting.

Spark Arrester Exhaust System

The spark arrester exhaust system is designed to control


the emission of hot particles from the engine and exhaust
system, but the muffler and the exhaust gases are still
hot.

Check the spark arrester exhaust system regularly to


make sure it is maintained and working properly. Use the
procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for
cleaning the spark arrester muffler (if equipped).

Sl SSL EMEA-0913

24 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES

The following publications are also available for your


Bobcat loader. You can order them from your Bobcat
dealer.

For the latest information on Bobcat products and the


Bobcat Company, visit our Web site at www.bobcat.eu.

OPERATION &
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL

6990807enGB

Complete instructions on the correct operation and the


routine maintenance of your Bobcat loader.

SERVICE MANUAL

6990808

Complete maintenance instructions for your Bobcat


loader.

OPERATOR’S
HANDBOOK

6987174enGB

Gives basic operation instructions and safety warnings.

25 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS)

Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs (Decals) that are on the loader. Replace any damaged machine signs and
be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat loader dealer.

SJC
7168038 Standard
1 5 7168143
2 and ACS Standard
7168141 7 and ACS
7168139 7177742

6987174enGB

Door
6 7168025
SJC SJC SJC
4 7177707 Back-up
Standard and ACS SJC 7168081 7168082 8 Alarm
7168137 7168145 7180087
Standard and ACS
7168273

3-Point Restraint
3 7184346 7219038 Door Gas Door Gas
Spring Spring
7170360 7169291
Inside Cab Rear WIndow with Latches
7167991

Single-Point Lift
7168037 6533898 (2)
9

13
7173403 (Behind Single-Point Lift Single-Point Lift
Bob-Tach) 7168022 (2) 7142142 (2)

10
7168034
14
Four-Point Lift Four-Point Lift
7168040 7168020
11 Lift Kit Options

7168040 6812569

7168031
12
7168033

NA9144

26 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs (Decals) that are on the loader. Replace any damaged machine signs and
be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat loader dealer.

7169291
16
15 7169699 6713507 (2)
7120570
17

On Gas Spring 7169877

7120573

Under Rear Grille

7167988 (2)

18
7170355 (4)
(On Hose and Tubeline)

Under Cab

7168036
7232310 20
6727595 (5)

7205727
Inside Rear Door 19
NA9145

27 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


28 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs

Safety signs are used to alert the equipment operator or NOTE: See the numbered MACHINE SIGNS
maintenance person to hazards that may be encountered (DECALS) on Page 26 and MACHINE SIGNS
in the use and maintenance of the equipment. The (DECALS) (CONT’D) on Page 27 for the
location and description of the safety signs are detailed in machine location of each correspondingly
this section. Please become familiarised with all safety numbered pictorial only decal.
signs installed on the machine / attachment.
1. General Hazard Warning (7168038)
Vertical Configuration
This safety sign is located in the operator cab in the lower
right hand corner.

HAZARD
PANEL

AVOIDANCE
PANEL

Horizontal Configuration

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Never use the loader without instructions. Read
Operation & Maintenance Manual and Handbook.

Never modify equipment or use attachments not


approved by Bobcat Company.

On slopes, keep heavy end of loader uphill.


HAZARD AVOIDANCE
PANEL PANEL Do not travel or turn with lift arms up. Load, unload
and turn on flat level ground. Do not exceed Rated
Operating Capacity (see sign on loader).
The format consists of the hazard panel(s) and the W-2837-0310
avoidance panel(s):

Hazard panels depict a potential hazard enclosed in a


safety alert triangle.

Avoidance panels depict actions required to avoid the


hazards.

A safety sign may contain more than one hazard panel


and more than one avoidance panel.

29 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

2. To Leave the Loader (7168141) 3. High Range Speeds (7184346)

This safety sign is located in the operator cab in the lower This safety sign is located in the operator cab on loaders
right hand corner. equipped with a seat belt with 3-point restraint.

WARNING
HITTING OBSTRUCTIONS AT HIGH RANGE SPEEDS
CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Fasten shoulder belt for additional restraint when
operating at high range speeds.
W-2754-0908

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

TO LEAVE THE LOADER:


1. Lower the lift arms and put attachment flat on the
ground.
2. Stop the engine.
3. Engage the brake.
4. Raise seat bar.
5. Move pedals and hand controls until both lock.
6. Exit the loader.
W-2838-0310

30 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

4. SJC Left Hand Joystick (7168082) 5. To Leave the Loader (7168143)

This safety sign is located in the operator cab on the left This safety sign is located in the operator cab in the lower
armrest. right hand corner.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

TO LEAVE THE LOADER:


1. Lower the lift arms and put attachment flat on the
ground.
2. Stop the engine.
3. Engage the brake.
4. Raise seat bar.
5. Exit the loader.
W-2839-0310

WARNING
ACCIDENTAL LOADER MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance
Manual for more information.
• Drive, lift arm and tilt functions operate on
different joysticks in each control mode.
• Know and understand the selected control mode
before operating.
W-2788-0309

31 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

6. SJC Control Pattern Switch (7177707) 7. Unexpected Loader, Lift Arm or Attachment
Movement (7168139)
This safety sign is located in the operator cab around the
SJC control pattern switch on the right panel. This safety sign is located in the operator cab on the left
side of the seat.

WARNING
ACCIDENTAL LOADER MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance
Manual for more information.
• Drive, lift arm and tilt functions operate on
different joysticks in each control mode.
WARNING
• Know and understand the selected control mode
before operating. UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT
W-2788-0309 MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB CONTACT WITH
CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH
• STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab.
W-2758-0908

32 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

8. Back-Up Alarm (7180087) 9. Tipping, Rollover or Loss of Visibility (7168037)

This safety sign is located in the operator cab on the lower This safety sign is located on the back side of the lift arms
left side. facing the operator.

WARNING
TIPPING, ROLLOVER OR LOSS OF VISIBILITY CAN
CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Carry load low.
W-2836-0310

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Always keep bystanders away from the work area
and travel path.
• The operator must always look in the direction of
travel.
• The back-up alarm must sound when operating
the machine in the reverse direction.
W-2783-0409

33 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

10. Frame Raising (7168034) 11. Falling Hazard (7168040)

This safety sign is located on the front of the loader. This safety sign is located on the front of the loader.

DANGER
AVOID DEATH
Attachment can be forced against the ground and
cause front frame to raise.

Never go under or reach under lift arms or lift


cylinder without an approved lift arm support device
installed.
D-1021-0310

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Never carry riders.
• Never use loader as a man lift or work platform.
W-2835-0310

34 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

12. Lift Arm Crushing (7168033) 13. Single-Point Lift (7142142)

This safety sign is located on the front of the loader. This safety sign is located on the side arm of the single-
point lift.

DANGER
AVOID DEATH
Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised unless
supported by an approved lift arm support device.

Moving lift arm control or failure of a part can cause


lift arms to drop.
D-1020-0310

WARNING
FAILURE OF THE LIFT ASSEMBLY CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH

BEFORE LIFTING LOADER:


1. Check the hardware and fasteners of the Single
Point Lift and Operator Cab (ROPS) for proper
torque.
2. Inspect Single Point Lift for damage or cracked
welds. Repair or replace components as
necessary.

• No riders on loader during lifting. Keep 5 m (15 ft)


away while lifting.
• See Operation & Maintenance Manual for more
information.
W-2841-0910

35 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

14. Four-Point Lift (7168020) 15. Hot Pressurised Fluid (7169699)

This safety sign is located on the front of the loader. This safety sign is located on the engine coolant tank cap.

WARNING
HOT PRESSURISED FLUID CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS BURNS
• Never open hot.
• OPEN SLOWLY.
W-2755-EN-0909

WARNING
FAILURE OF THE LIFT ASSEMBLY CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH

BEFORE LIFTING LOADER:


1. Check the hardware and fasteners at all lift points
for proper torque.
2. Inspect lift points for damage or cracked welds.
Repair or replace components as necessary.

• No riders on loader and keep 5 m (15 ft) away


while lifting.
• See Operation & Maintenance Manual for more
information.
W-2840-0910

36 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

16. High Pressure Gas (7169291) 17. Crush Hazard (6713507)

This safety sign is located on the gas spring component(s) This safety sign is located on the side of each lift arm.
supporting the cab and on the front door option.

WARNING
HIGH PRESSURE GAS CAN RELEASE ROD AND
CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
WARNING
• Do not open cylinder.
Keep away from the operating machine to avoid
• See Service Manual for more information.
serious injury or death.
W-2756-0908
W-2520-0106

37 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

18. Lift Arm Crushing (7170355)

This safety sign is located on certain hoses or tubelines


inside the loader frame underneath the operator cab.

DANGER
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting hydraulic lines can cause the lift
arms or attachment to drop.
• Always use an approved lift arm support when lift
arms are in a raised position.
D-1008-0409

38 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

19. Service Checklist And Schedule (7205727)

This safety sign is located inside the rear door (tailgate).

WARNING IMPORTANT
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH This machine is factory equipped with a spark
• Keep door / cover closed except for service. arrester exhaust system that must be maintained for
• Keep engine clean of flammable material. proper function.
• Keep body, loose objects and clothing away from
electrical contacts, moving parts, hot parts and • WITH MUFFLER
exhaust. The muffler chamber must be emptied every 100
• Do not use the machine in space with explosive hours of operation to keep it in working
dusts or gases or with flammable material near condition.
exhaust.
• Never use ether or starting fluid on diesel engine • WITH DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST (DOC)
with glow plugs or air intake heater. Use only Do not remove or modify the DOC.
starting aids as approved by engine
manufacturer. • WITH DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF)
• Leaking fluids under pressure can enter skin and The DPF must be maintained according to the
cause serious injury. instructions in the Operation & Maintenance
• Battery acid causes severe burns; wear goggles. Manual for proper function.
If acid contacts eyes, skin, or clothing, flush with
water. For contact with eyes, flush and get (If this machine is operated on flammable forest,
medical attention. brush or grass cover land, a spark arrester attached
• Battery makes flammable and explosive gas. to the exhaust system may be required and must be
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco maintained in working order. Refer to local laws and
away. regulations for spark arrester requirements.)
• For jump start, connect negative cable to the I-2350-EN-0813
machine engine last (never at the battery). After
jump start, remove negative connection at the
engine first.
• Exhaust gases can kill. Always ventilate.
W-2782-0409

39 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

20. Lift Arm Support Device (7168036)

This safety sign is located on the outside of the operator cab on the lower right side.

To Engage Lift Arm Support Device:

1. Remove attachment from loader.

2. Unhook spring from pin. Hold lift arm support device. Remove pin. Lower the lift arm support device to the top of the
cylinder.

3. Hook spring into slot on top of lift arm support device.

4. Enter loader, fasten seat belt, lower seat bar, and start engine.

5. Raise lift arms until lift arm support device drops on cylinder rod.

6. Lower lift arms slowly until movement stops.

7. Stop engine. Raise seat bar. Move pedals until both pedals lock. Leave loader.

8. Install pin into rear of lift arm support device below cylinder rod.

To Disengage Lift Arm Support Device:

1. Remove pin.

2. Hook spring into bracket below lift arm.

3. Enter loader, fasten seat belt, lower seat bar, and start engine.

4. Raise lift arms until lift arm support device raises off cylinder rod. Lower lift arms.

5. Stop engine. Raise seat bar. Move pedals until both pedals lock. Leave loader.

6. Unhook spring from bracket.

7. Raise lift arm support device to storage position. Insert pin through lift arm support device and bracket.

8. Hook spring to pin.

NOTE: More illustrated and detailed information regarding Installing and Removing the lift arm support device is
located in this manual. (See LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE on Page 141.)

40 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45


Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Left Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Display Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Right Panel (Standard Key Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Right Panel (Keyless Start Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Left Switch Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Right Switch Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Left Side Lower Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Right Side Lower Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

CONTROL IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Standard Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Advanced Control System (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Side Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Door Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Front Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Cab Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

ENGINE SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65


Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

41 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Rear Window Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Rear Window Removal (Latches) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Rear Window Removal (Rubber Cord) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
External Access (Rear Window With Latches) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
External Access (Rear Window With Rubber Cord) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Front Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70


Available Control Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Operation (Standard And ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Operation (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
Operation (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

STOPPING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73


Using The Control Levers Or Joysticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

TWO-SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74

SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Changing The Factory Default Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

DRIVE RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

LIFT AND TILT COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Operation (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Operation (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

42 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Standard Controls And Advanced Control System (ACS) In FOOT Pedal Mode . . . . . . . 84
Advanced Control System (ACS) In HAND Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Hydraulic Bucket Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS FLOW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (REVERSE CONTINUOUS FLOW) . . . . . . . . . . 88
Quick Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And Attachment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Daily Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Entering The Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator’s Handbook Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Seat Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Seat Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Joystick Position Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98


Standard Key Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Keyless Start Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Cold Temperature Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105


Left Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Warning And Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106


Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

COUNTERWEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Effect On The Loader And Loader Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
When To Consider Using Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
When To Consider Removing Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Accessories That Affect Machine Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Choosing The Correct Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Pallet Fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

43 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Inspect The Work Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Basic Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Driving On Public Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Operating With A Full Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Operating With An Empty Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Filling And Emptying The Bucket (Foot Pedals) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Levelling The Ground Using Float (Foot Pedals) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Digging And Filling A Hole (Foot Pedals) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Filling And Emptying The Bucket (ACS – Handles And SJC – ‘H’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . .120
Levelling The Ground Using Float (ACS – Handles And SJC – ‘H’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . .121
Digging And Filling A Hole (ACS – Handles And SJC – ‘H’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Filling And Emptying The Bucket (SJC – ‘ISO’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Levelling The Ground Using Float (SJC – ‘ISO’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Digging And Filling A Hole (SJC – ‘ISO’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125

TOWING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126


Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126

LIFTING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126


Single-Point Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Four-Point Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127

TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128


Loading And Unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

44 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION

Overview

Figure 8 Figure 10

P-90668C

The left panel [Figure 8] is described in more detail.


(See Left Panel on Page 46.)

Figure 9 P100045A P-85304B

Standard Key Keyless Start Deluxe Instrumentation


The left and right switch panels [Figure 10] are
described in more detail. (See Left Switch Panel on Page
53.) and (See Right Switch Panel on Page 53.)

Figure 11

P-85285 P-90819H P-90212J

The right panel [Figure 9] is described in more detail.


(See Right Panel (Standard Key Panel) on Page 49.),
(See Right Panel (Keyless Start Panel) on Page 50.), or
(See Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) on P-85282
Page 51.)

P-85267D

The left and right side lower panels [Figure 11] are
described in more detail. (See Left Side Lower Panel on
Page 54.) and (See Right Side Lower Panel on Page 54.)

45 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Left Panel

Figure 12

2 3 12
13

1 7
4 14 17

6 8 9 10 11 16
5 15

18 21
19 20

22 23

24

P-90726G

The left panel [Figure 12] is the same for all machines regardless of options and accessories.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


1 ENGINE TEMPERATURE GAUGE Shows the engine coolant temperature.
2 LEFT TURN SIGNAL (Option) Indicates left turn signals are ON.
3 GENERAL WARNING Malfunction with one or more machine functions. (See Service Codes*)
4 TWO-SPEED (Option) High range selected.
5 ENGINE MALFUNCTION Engine malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
6 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Engine coolant temperature high or sensor error.
7 DISPLAY SCREEN Displays information. (See Display Screen in this manual.)
8 SEAT BELT Instructs operator to fasten seat belt. Remains lit for 45 seconds.
9 SEAT BAR The light is on when the seat bar is UP.
10 LIFT AND TILT VALVE The light is on when the lift and tilt functions cannot be operated.
11 PARKING BRAKE The light is on when the loader cannot be driven.

46 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Left Panel (Cont’d)

ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


12 RIGHT TURN SIGNAL (Option) Indicates right turn signals are ON.
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
13 (DPF) / DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID Not used.
(DEF)
Instructs operator to fasten shoulder belt when operating in high range.
14 SHOULDER BELT (Option)
Remains lit while in high range.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
15 Hydraulic system malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
MALFUNCTION
16 FUEL Fuel level low or sensor error.
17 FUEL GAUGE Shows the amount of fuel in the tank.
Press once for REAR taillights. (Right green LED will light.) Press a
second time to turn FRONT and REAR work lights ON. REAR taillights
LIGHTS without road option
will turn OFF. (Left green LED will light.) Press a third time to turn all
lights off. (Left and right green LEDs will be off.)
Press once for FRONT boom light, license plate light and REAR
18
taillights. (Right green LED will light.) Press a second time to turn
LIGHTS with road option FRONT and REAR work lights ON. FRONT boom light, license plate
light and REAR taillights will turn OFF. (Left green LED will light.) Press
a third time to turn all lights off. (Left and right green LEDs will be off.)
Press and hold 5 seconds to display software version in display screen.
AUTO IDLE Not used.
19 Move cursor to the left inside the DISPLAY SCREEN when using
certain INFORMATION button menus.
Press once to activate the auxiliary hydraulic system. (Left green LED
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
lights.) Press a second time to deactivate the system.
20
Move cursor to the right inside the DISPLAY SCREEN when using
certain INFORMATION button menus.
Cycles through (after each button press):
• Hourmeter (On startup)
• Engine rpm
• Battery voltage
21 INFORMATION
• Drive response menu
• Steering drift compensation menu
• Maintenance clock
• Service codes*
Functions only when the seat bar is raised and the engine is running.
Press once to unlock the brakes. Allows you to use the steering levers
22 TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE or joystick(s) to move the loader forward or backward when using the
backhoe attachment. (See TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE in this
manual.) Press a second time to lock the brakes.
Press to activate the BICS™ when the seat bar is down and operator is
23 PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
seated in operating position. Button will light.
PARKING BRAKE (Standard on all Press the top to engage the Parking Brake. Press the bottom to
24
loaders) disengage. (See PARKING BRAKE in this manual.)

* This manual contains a table with Service Code descriptions. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 201.)

47 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Display Screen

The display screen can display the following information:

• Operating hours
• Engine rpm
• Battery voltage
• Drive response setting
• Steering drift compensation setting
• Maintenance clock countdown
• Service codes
• Engine preheat countdown
• Speed management setting
• Lift and tilt compensation setting

Figure 13

3 4 5 6 7
NA3071

The display screen is shown in [Figure 13]. The data


display will show operating hours upon startup.

1. Data Display

2. Hourmeter

3. Speed Management

4. Engine Preheat

5. Engine RPM

6. Battery / Charging Voltage

7. Service

48 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Right Panel (Standard Key Panel)

Figure 14 The switch location (Item 2) [Figure 14] can have


different functions depending on machine configuration.
See the following table for more information.

FUNCTION /
ITEM DESCRIPTION
OPERATION

Press the top to


ADVANCED
select Hand
CONTROL SYSTEM
Controls; bottom to
(ACS) (Option)
select Foot Controls.

1 Press the top to


SELECTABLE
select ‘ISO’ Control
JOYSTICK
Pattern; bottom to
CONTROLS (SJC)
select ‘H’ Control
(Option)
Pattern.

2
FOUR-WAY Press the top to turn
FLASHER LIGHTS lights ON; bottom to
(Option) turn OFF.
P-85285

This machine may be equipped with a Standard Key


Panel [Figure 14].
ROTATING BEACON
The Standard Key Panel has a key switch (Item 1) (Option) Press the top to turn
[Figure 14] used to turn the loaders electrical system on OR light ON; bottom to
and off, and to start and stop the engine. STROBE LIGHT turn OFF.
(Option)

49 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Right Panel (Keyless Start Panel)

Figure 15 The switch location (Item 5) [Figure 15] can have


different functions depending on machine configuration.
See the following table for more information.

FUNCTION /
ITEM DESCRIPTION
OPERATION
1

Press the top to


ADVANCED
select Hand
CONTROL SYSTEM
Controls; bottom to
2 3 (ACS) (Option)
select Foot Controls.

Press the top to


SELECTABLE
4 select ‘ISO’ Control
JOYSTICK
Pattern; bottom to
CONTROLS (SJC)
select ‘H’ Control
(Option)
Pattern.

FOUR-WAY Press the top to turn


FLASHER LIGHTS lights ON; bottom to
(Option) turn OFF.
P-90819H

This machine may be equipped with a Keyless Start


Panel [Figure 15].
ROTATING BEACON
1. Keypad (keys 1 through 0): Used to enter a number (Option) Press the top to turn
code (password) to allow starting the engine. An OR light ON; bottom to
asterisk will show in the left panel display screen for STROBE LIGHT turn OFF.
each key press. (Option)

2. LOCK Key: Used to lock keypad. The lock key will


display a red light to indicate a password is required
to start the loader. (See Password Lockout Feature
on Page 211.)

3. UNLOCK Key: Used to unlock keypad. The unlock


key will display a green light to indicate the loader can
be started without a password. (See Password
Lockout Feature on Page 211.)

4. Key Switch: Used to turn the loaders electrical


system on and off, and to start and stop the engine.

50 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel)

Figure 16 The switch location (Item 6) [Figure 16] can have


different functions depending on machine configuration.
See the following table for more information.
1
FUNCTION /
ITEM DESCRIPTION
OPERATION
2

3 Press the top to


ADVANCED
select Hand
CONTROL SYSTEM
Controls; bottom to
(ACS) (Option)
select Foot Controls.

Press the top to


SELECTABLE
5 select ‘ISO’ Control
JOYSTICK
Pattern; bottom to
CONTROLS (SJC)
select ‘H’ Control
(Option)
Pattern.

FOUR-WAY Press the top to turn


FLASHER LIGHTS lights ON; bottom to
(Option) turn OFF.
P-90212J

This machine may be equipped with a Deluxe


Instrumentation Panel [Figure 16].
ROTATING BEACON
1. Keypad (keys 1 through 0): The keypad has two (Option) Press the top to turn
functions: OR light ON; bottom to
STROBE LIGHT turn OFF.
- To enter a number code (password) to allow starting (Option)
the engine.

- To enter a number as directed for further use of the


display screen.

2. Display Screen: The display screen is where all


system setup, monitoring, and error conditions are
displayed.

3. Scroll Buttons: Used to scroll through display screen


choices.

4. ENTER Button: Used to make selections on the


display screen.

5. Key Switch: Used to turn the loaders electrical


system on and off, and to start and stop the engine.

51 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) (Cont’d)

Figure 17 Change Language:

Press the left or right scroll button to cycle through the


languages. The language that is stopped on becomes
the default language used for the Deluxe Instrumentation
Panel [Figure 17].

The language can be changed at any time. (See


CONTROL PANEL SETUP on Page 208.)

Enter The Password:

Use the numbers on the keypad to enter the password,


then press the [ENTER] button. A symbol will appear on
the display screen for each number entered. The left
NA3187
scroll button can be used to backspace if an incorrect
number is entered.

The first screen you will see on your new loader is shown If the correct password is not entered, [INVALID
in [Figure 17]. PASSWORD TRY AGAIN] will appear on the display
screen and the password will have to be reentered.
When this screen is on the display you can enter the
password and start the engine or change the default See CONTROL PANEL SETUP for further description of
language. screens to set up the system for your use. (See
CONTROL PANEL SETUP on Page 208.)
NOTE: Your new loader (with Deluxe Instrumentation
Panel) will have an Owner Password. Your
dealer will provide you with this password.
Change the password to one that you will
easily remember to prevent unauthorised use
of your loader. (See Changing The Owner
Password on Page 212.) Keep your password
in a safe location for future needs.

52 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Left Switch Panel Right Switch Panel

Figure 18 Figure 19

1 1

2 2

NA3092 NA3093A

ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


FOUR-WAY Press and hold the up arrow
Press the top to turn lights
1 FLASHER to disengage the Bob-Tach
ON; bottom to turn OFF.
LIGHTS (Option) POWER wedges. Press and hold the
ROTATING 1 BOB-TACH down arrow to engage the
BEACON (Option) (Option) Bob-Tach wedges into the
Press the top to turn light ON; attachment mounting frame
2 OR
bottom to turn OFF. holes.
STROBE LIGHT
(Option) Press the top of the switch to
HYDRAULIC lock the lift and tilt hydraulic
Press the top to engage 2 TRAVEL LOCK functions for travel. Press the
BUCKET
3 Hydraulic Bucket Positioning; bottom of the switch to turn
POSITIONING
bottom to disengage. travel lock OFF.
(Option)

53 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Left Side Lower Panel Right Side Lower Panel

Figure 20 Figure 21

1
2

3 3

1 2

4
4

P-85282 P-85267D

ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


Turn clockwise to increase fan Provides a 12 volt receptacle
1 POWER PORT
FAN MOTOR speed; anticlockwise to for accessories.
1
(Option) decrease. There are four 2 RADIO (Option) See Radio in this manual.
positions; OFF-1-2-3.
Used to connect headphones
Press top of switch to start; HEADPHONE to the optional radio output.
AIR 3
bottom to stop. Switch will JACK (Option) Automatically silences
CONDITIONING /
2 light when started. Fan Motor speakers when used.
DEFROST
(Item 1) must be ON for air
SWITCH (Option) SPEAKER Right speaker used with
conditioning to operate. 4
(Option) optional radio.
TEMPERATURE Turn clockwise to increase the
3 CONTROL temperature; anticlockwise to
(Option) decrease.
SPEAKER Left speaker used with
4
(Option) optional radio.

54 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Radio

This machine may be equipped with a radio.

Figure 22

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

9 10

11 12
8
13

14 15

17

16
NA3090

The table on the next page shows the DESCRIPTION and FUNCTION / OPERATION for each of the controls of the radio
[Figure 22].

NOTE: See DISPLAY in the table for clock setting instructions.

55 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Radio (Cont’d)

ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


1 POWER Press to turn ON; press again to turn OFF.
2 MUTE Press to mute audio output; MUTE will appear in display screen; press again to turn OFF.
Press to toggle between function mode (showing tuner frequency, auxiliary input, weather
band information, or timer) and clock mode.
3 DISPLAY Press and hold to enter clock setting mode; use FREQUENCY DOWN (TUN -) button to
adjust hours and FREQUENCY UP (TUN +) button to adjust minutes; normal operation
will resume automatically.
4 BAND Press to select tuner mode. Press to cycle through 2 AM (MW) bands and 3 FM bands.
Press to select Auxiliary Input mode. Portable audio device (MP3 player) must be
5 AUXILIARY
attached to auxiliary input jack.
Press to select weather band; use FREQUENCY UP (TUN +) and FREQUENCY DOWN
(TUN -) buttons to adjust to the clearest station.
6 WEATHER BAND The weather alert feature, if activated, will automatically switch from the current function to
the weather band if a weather warning is received. See AUDIO / MENU ADJUSTMENT in
this table.
Press to access timer mode. Press to start the timer function; press again to stop timer;
7 TIMER
press again to resume timer or press and hold to reset timer and exit from timer mode.
8 DISPLAY SCREEN Displays the time, frequency, and activated functions.
9 VOLUME UP Adjusts volume up; current volume (0 – 40) will appear briefly in display screen.
AUDIO ADJUSTMENT: Press to cycle through bass, treble, and balance settings; use
VOLUME UP (VOL +) and VOLUME DOWN (VOL -) buttons to adjust when desired option
is displayed; normal operation will resume automatically.
MENU ADJUSTMENT: Press and hold for 3 seconds to enter menu adjustment settings;
press to cycle through the following settings; use VOLUME UP (VOL +) and VOLUME
DOWN (VOL -) buttons to adjust when desired option is displayed; normal operation will
AUDIO / MENU resume automatically.
10 • Beep Confirm (On or Off) – Determines if beep will sound with each button press.
ADJUSTMENT
• Operation Region (USA or Europe) – Selects the appropriate region.
• Clock Display (12 or 24) – Selects a 12-hour or 24-hour clock display.
• Display Brightness (Low, Medium, or High) – Determines brightness level of display
screen.
• Backlight Colour (Amber or Green) – Determines backlight colour of display screen.
• Power On Volume (0 – 40) – Selects default volume setting when radio is turned on.
• WB Alert (On or Off) – Determines if weather band alert feature is activated.
11 FREQUENCY DOWN Press to manually tune the radio frequency down.
12 FREQUENCY UP Press to manually tune the radio frequency up.
13 VOLUME DOWN Adjusts volume down; current volume (0 – 40) will appear briefly in display screen.
SEEK FREQUENCY
14 Press to automatically tune frequency down to next strong station.
DOWN
SEEK FREQUENCY
15 Press to automatically tune frequency up to next strong station.
UP
Used to store and recall stations for each AM and FM band. Press and hold to store
16 PRESET STATIONS
current station; press button to recall station.
AUXILIARY INPUT Connect headphone or line output of portable audio device (MP3 player) to 3,5 mm (1/8
17
JACK in) jack and press AUXILIARY button.

56 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CONTROL IDENTIFICATION

Description

This loader has three control configurations available to operate lift / tilt functions and driving / steering the loader:

• Standard Controls – Uses foot pedals for lift and tilt functions.
Uses steering levers for driving and steering the loader.

• Advanced Control System (ACS) (Option) – Uses a choice of foot pedals or handles for lift and tilt functions.
Uses steering levers for driving and steering the loader.

• Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) (Option) – Uses joysticks for lift / tilt functions and driving / steering the loader.

Standard Controls

Figure 23

1 2 3 10 11 12
5
6

7 8
13
9
4
NA3102 / NA1014A / NA3101

ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


Press the top to activate right signal; bottom to activate left
1 TURN SIGNALS (Option)
signal; centre position to turn off.
2 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
3 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
4 FRONT HORN Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
5 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
6 STEERING LEVERS See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER in this manual.
7 LIFT ARM PEDAL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
8 TILT PEDAL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
9 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL See LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL in this manual.
10 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
11 FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
12 NOT USED –––
CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS
13
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS FLOW) in this manual.

57 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CONTROL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Advanced Control System (ACS)

Figure 24

1 2 3 11 12 13
6
7

8 9
4
14
5 10
NA3100 / NA1164A / NA3101

ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


Press the top to activate right signal; bottom to activate left
1 TURN SIGNALS (Option)
signal; centre position to turn off.
2 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
3 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
4 FLOAT CONTROL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
5 FRONT HORN Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
6 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
STEERING LEVERS and LIFT / TILT See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER and HYDRAULIC
7
HANDLES CONTROLS in this manual.
8 LIFT ARM PEDAL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
9 TILT PEDAL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
10 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL See LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL in this manual.
11 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
12 FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
13 NOT USED –––
CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS
14
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS FLOW) in this manual.

58 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CONTROL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC)

Figure 25

1 2 3 4 5 13 14 15 16 17
8
9

10

7 19
11
18
6
12
NA3108 / NA1165A / NA3109

ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


TWO-SPEED CONTROL See TWO-SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
1
Also: SPEED MANAGEMENT See SPEED MANAGEMENT in this manual.
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual.
2*
Also: DRIVE RESPONSE See DRIVE RESPONSE in this manual.
3 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual.
4*
Also: DRIVE RESPONSE See DRIVE RESPONSE in this manual.
5 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
6 SPEED MANAGEMENT See SPEED MANAGEMENT in this manual.
7 FRONT HORN Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
8 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (HAND) See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER and HYDRAULIC
9 JOYSTICKS
CONTROLS in this manual.
10 FOOTRESTS Keep your feet on the footrests at all times.
11 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (FOOT) See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
12 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL See LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL in this manual.
13 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
14 * NOT USED –––
15 FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
16 * NOT USED –––
Press the top to activate right signal; press again to turn off. Press
17 TURN SIGNALS (Option)
the bottom to activate left signal; press again to turn off.
18 FLOAT CONTROL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS FLOW)
19
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS in this manual.

* Also used as Attachment Function Control: See your attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual.

59 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATOR CAB

Description Door Operation

The Bobcat loader has an operator cab (ROPS and This machine may be equipped with a front door.
FOPS) as standard equipment to protect the operator
from rollover and falling objects. The seat belt must be Figure 27
worn for rollover protection.

1
WARNING
Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding,
drilling holes or adding attachments unless
instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Changes to 2
the cab can cause loss of operator protection from
rollover and falling objects, and result in injury or
death.
W-2069-0200
P-90349A P115135

Push the knob (Item 1) and pull the handle (Item 2) to


Side Windows open the front door. A lock is provided in the knob (Inset)
[Figure 27] to lock the front door when the loader is not
Figure 26 in use.

Figure 28

1
1

P-85314A

P-90684F
Pull the knob (Item 1) [Figure 26] and slide backward to
open window. Release knob at cutout to lock in desired
position. Pull the knob and slide forward to close window. Pull the front door closed using the handle (Item 2)
[Figure 28].

Pull the lever (Item 1) toward you to unlatch the front


door. Push on the handle (Item 2) [Figure 28] to open
the front door.

60 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D)

Front Wiper Cab Light

This machine may be equipped with a front wiper. The cab light is located above the operator’s left
shoulder.
Figure 29
Figure 31

P-90601A
NA3103 1
P-85586C

Press the left side of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 29] to


start the front wiper (press and hold for washer fluid). Push either side of the lens (Item 1) [Figure 31] to turn
Press the right side of the switch to stop the wiper. the light ON. Return the lens to the middle position to turn
the light OFF.
Figure 30

P-90350A

The washer fluid tank is located to the left of the operator


seat. Check the fluid level in the sight gauge (Item 1).
Remove the cap (Item 2) [Figure 30] to add washer fluid.

61 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)

Description Operation

Figure 33

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) must
deactivate the lift, tilt and traction drive functions. If it 3
1 2
does not, contact your dealer for service. DO NOT
modify the system.
W-2151-1111

Figure 32 NA3172

There are three display lights (Items 1, 2, and 3)


[Figure 33] located on the left instrument panel that must
be OFF to fully operate the machine.

When the seat bar is lowered, the engine is running, the


PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
the parking brake is released; the lift, tilt, auxiliary
1 hydraulics, and traction drive functions can be operated.

When the seat bar is raised; the lift, tilt, auxiliary


hydraulics, and traction drive functions are deactivated.

P-90674E

The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) has a


WARNING
pivoting seat bar with armrests (Item 1) [Figure 32]. The
operator controls the use of the seat bar. AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before you leave the operator’s seat:
• Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
the ground.
WARNING • Stop the engine.
• Engage the parking brake.
• Raise the seat bar.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
When operating the machine: position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly. drive functions are deactivated.
• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests The seat bar system must deactivate these functions
and hands on the controls. when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
W-2261-0909 service if controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-1110
The BICS™ requires the operator to be seated in the
operating position with the seat bar fully lowered before
the lift, tilt, auxiliary hydraulics, and traction drive
functions can be operated. The seat belt must be
fastened anytime you operate the machine.

62 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Description Operation

Figure 34 When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
the brake is released; the lift, tilt, and traction drive
functions can be operated.

When the seat bar is raised; the lift, tilt, and traction drive
functions are deactivated and both foot pedals (if
equipped) are locked when returned to neutral position.

1
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before you leave the operator’s seat:
P-90674E
• Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
the ground.
The seat bar restraint system has a pivoting seat bar with • Stop the engine.
armrests (Item 1) [Figure 34]. • Engage the parking brake.
• Raise the seat bar.
The operator controls the use of the seat bar. The seat • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
bar in the down position helps to keep the operator in the position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
seat. drive functions are deactivated.

The seat bar system must deactivate these functions


when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
WARNING service if controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-1110

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


When operating the machine:
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests
and hands on the controls.
W-2261-0909

63 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


PARKING BRAKE TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE

Operation Description

Figure 35 Figure 36

1
2 1

P-90681A P-90726H

Press the top of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 35] to (Functions Only When The Seat Bar Is Raised And The
engage the parking brake. The red light in the switch will Engine Is Running) There is a TRACTION LOCK
turn ON. The traction drive system is locked. OVERRIDE button (Item 1) [Figure 36] on the left
instrument panel that will allow you to use the steering
Move steering levers or joystick(s) slowly forward and controls to move the loader forward and backward when
backward. The TRACTION lock must be engaged. See using the backhoe attachment.
your Bobcat dealer for service if loader fails to stop.

Press the bottom of the switch (Item 2) [Figure 35] to


disengage the parking brake. The red light in the switch Operation
will turn OFF. The traction drive system is unlocked.
Press the TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button once to
NOTE: The PARKING BRAKE light on the left unlock traction drive. The PARKING BRAKE light (Item 2)
instrument panel will remain ON until the [Figure 36] is OFF.
engine is started, the PRESS TO OPERATE
LOADER button is pressed, and the parking Press the button a second time to lock the traction drive.
brake is disengaged. The PARKING BRAKE light (Item 2) [Figure 36] is ON.

NOTE: The TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button will


unlock the traction drive when the seat bar is
raised and the engine is running.

NOTE: The TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button will


function if the parking brake is in the engaged
or disengaged position and the engine is
running. If the Parking Brake switch is turned
ON, the red light in the Parking Brake switch
will turn OFF when TRACTION LOCK
OVERRIDE is engaged.

64 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ENGINE SPEED CONTROL LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL

Operation Description

Figure 37 Figure 39

P-90525B NA3091 P100996

The engine speed control (Item 1) [Figure 37] is located The lift arm bypass control (Item 1) [Figure 39], located
alongside the door frame below the right panel. to the right of the operator’s seat, is used to lower the lift
arms if the lift arms cannot be lowered during normal
Move the lever up to increase engine speed. Move down operations.
to decrease engine speed.

Figure 38
Operation

Perform the procedure below to operate the lift arm


bypass control:

1 1. Sit in the operator's seat.

2. Fasten the seat belt and lower the seat bar.

3. Turn the knob (Item 1) [Figure 39] 90° clockwise.

4. Pull up and hold the knob until the lift arms lower.

P107096

SJC equipped machines have a foot operated engine


speed control pedal (Item 1) [Figure 38] in addition to the
engine speed control lever. The pedal is located on the
right side floor above the footrest.

65 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


EMERGENCY EXIT

The front opening on the operator cab and rear window provide exits.

Rear Window Identification

Figure 40 There are two different procedures for removing the rear
window from your machine:
Latches Rubber Cord
1. This window is equipped with latches [Figure 40].

2 2. This window is equipped with a rubber cord and tag


[Figure 40].

1 NOTE: Use these procedures to remove the rear


window only under emergency conditions.
P-85309B P-64994D
Damage to machine may occur.

—————————————————————————————————————————————————————

Rear Window Removal (Latches) Rear Window Removal (Rubber Cord)

Figure 41 Figure 43

P-85309A P-64994C

Turn both latches (Item 1) [Figure 41] in until they Pull on the tag on the top of the rear window to remove
disengage from the window frame. the rubber cord [Figure 43].

Push the rear window out of the rear of the operator cab. Push the rear window out of the rear of the operator cab.

Figure 42 Figure 44

P115136 P115136

Exit through the rear of the operator cab [Figure 42]. Exit through the rear of the operator cab [Figure 44].

66 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


EMERGENCY EXIT (CONT’D)

External Access (Rear Window With Latches) External Access (Rear Window With Rubber Cord)

Figure 45 A kit is available to allow removal of the rubber cord


equipped rear window from outside the machine. See
your Bobcat dealer for availability.
1
Figure 47

P-90669A

The rear window can be removed from outside the loader


using a T40 TORX® Drive tool. Turn both screws (Item 1)
P13982
[Figure 45] anticlockwise until the latches disengage
from the window frame. Pull the top of the window away
from the cab and lift up to remove. Pull both handles (Item 1) [Figure 47] up and out to
remove the rear window.
OR
Front Door
Figure 46
NOTE: Use this procedure to remove the front door
only under emergency conditions. Damage to
1 machine may occur.

Figure 48

P-90669C

A kit is available to allow removal of the latch equipped


rear window from outside the machine without tools. See
your Bobcat dealer for availability.
P-90725

Turn both knobs (Item 1) [Figure 46] anticlockwise until


the latches disengage from the window frame. Pull the Turn both latches (Item 1) [Figure 48] down until they
top of the window away from the cab and lift up to disengage from the door frame.
remove.
Push the door out of the operator cab door frame and exit
through the opening.

67 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


EMERGENCY EXIT (CONT’D)

Front Door (Cont’d)

Front Door Reassembly

Reassemble the front door using the following Figure 51


instructions if the door was opened using the emergency
exit procedure.

Figure 49
2
1

2 P-90685

Orient the latches as shown (Item 1) and install the door


hinges (Item 2) [Figure 51] on the door. (Bottom hinge
P-85781A
shown.)

Disconnect electrical connector (Item 2) and washer fluid Figure 52


hose (Item 1) [Figure 49].

Figure 50 1

2 2
3

1
P-90686A

Install cast washers (Item 2) on door hinges taking care


P-85588A P-85589A
to match rectangular surfaces. Hold cast washer firmly
against door and rotate latch (Item 1) [Figure 52] up to
Rotate and pull the clip (Item 1) out of the gas spring lock cast washer into position. (Bottom hinge shown.)
socket. Pull the gas spring socket (Item 3) straight off the
ball stud fitting (Item 2) [Figure 50]. Install door on loader.

Remove the door hinges from the loader. Install the gas spring socket on the ball stud fitting. Install
the clip into the hole in the gas spring socket. Rotate the
clip to lock into position [Figure 50].

Connect electrical connector and washer fluid hose


[Figure 49].

68 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM

This machine may be equipped with a Back-up Alarm.

Description Operation

Figure 53

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Always keep bystanders away from the work area
and travel path.
• The operator must always look in the direction of
travel.
1 • The back-up alarm must sound when operating
the machine in the reverse direction.
W-2783-0409

The back-up alarm will sound when the operator moves


P-85645B
both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse
position. Slight movement of the steering levers into the
reverse position is required with hydrostatic
The back-up alarm (Item 1) [Figure 53] is located on the transmissions, before the back-up alarm will sound.
inside of the rear door.
If alarm does not sound or for adjustment instructions,
A back-up alarm is not a substitute for looking to the see inspection and maintenance instructions for the
rear when operating the loader in reverse, or for back-up alarm system in the preventive maintenance
keeping bystanders away from the work area. section of this manual. (See BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM
Operators must always look in the direction of travel, on Page 144.)
including reverse, and must also keep bystanders away
from the work area, even though the loader is equipped
with a back-up alarm.

Operators must be trained to always look in the direction


of travel, including when operating the loader in
reverse and to keep bystanders away from the work
area. Other workers should be trained to always keep
away from the operator’s work area and travel path.

69 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER

Available Control Configurations Figure 55


Standard and ACS
This loader has three control configurations available:
FORWARD BACKWARD
• Standard Controls – Two steering levers control drive
and steering functions. 1 2

• Advanced Control System (ACS) (Option) – Two


steering levers control drive and steering functions.

• Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) (Option):

(‘ISO’ Pattern) – Left joystick controls the drive and LEFT TURN RIGHT TURN
steering functions.
3 4
(‘H’ Pattern) – Left and right joysticks control left and
right side drive and steering functions.

Operation (Standard And ACS)

WARNING LEFT FAST TURN RIGHT FAST TURN

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH 5 6


When operating the machine:
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests
and hands on the controls.
W-2261-0909
NA3097

Figure 54
Steering Lever Functions (Drive And Steering)
[Figure 55]:

1. Forward Travel – Push both levers forward.

2. Backward Travel – Pull both levers backward.

1 3. Left Turn – Move the right lever farther forward than


the left lever.

4. Right Turn – Move the left lever farther forward than


the right lever.

5. Left Fast Turn – Move the left lever backward and the
right lever forward.
P-85456B

6. Right Fast Turn – Move the right lever backward and


The steering levers (Item 1) [Figure 54] are on the left the left lever forward.
and right side in front of the seat.

Move the levers smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and


stopping.

70 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER (CONT’D)

Operation (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern

Figure 56 Figure 58
SJC in ‘ISO’
Control Pattern
Left Joystick
1
FORWARD BACKWARD
1 2

N N

P-85307I
NA3049
FORWARD LEFT TURN FORWARD RIGHT TURN

Select the ‘ISO’ control pattern by pressing the top of the


3 4
switch (Item 1) [Figure 56].

N N

WARNING
BACKWARD LEFT TURN BACKWARD RIGHT TURN
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When operating the machine:
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly. 5 6
• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the foot rests and hands on N
N
control levers.
W-2399-0501

Figure 57 LEFT FAST TURN RIGHT FAST TURN

7 8
1

N N

NA3110

Left Joystick Functions (Drive And Steering) [Figure 58]:

1. Forward Travel – Move joystick forward.


2. Backward Travel – Move joystick backward.
3. Forward Left Turn – Move joystick forward and to the
P-90675 left.
4. Forward Right Turn – Move joystick forward and to
the right.
The joystick that controls drive and steering is on the left 5. Backward Left Turn – Move joystick backward and to
side in front of the seat (Item 1) [Figure 57]. the right.
6. Backward Right Turn – Move joystick backward and
Move the joystick smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and to the left.
stopping. 7. Left Fast Turn – Move joystick to the left.
8. Right Fast Turn – Move joystick to the right.

71 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER (CONT’D)

Operation (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern

Figure 59 Figure 61
Left Right SJC in ‘H’
Joystick Joystick Control Pattern

1 N N FORWARD

1
2 N N BACKWARD
P-85307I
NA3049

Select the ‘H’ control pattern by pressing the bottom of


LEFT TURN
the switch (Item 1) [Figure 59].
3 N N

WARNING RIGHT TURN


4 N N
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When operating the machine:
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered. LEFT FAST
• Keep your feet on the foot rests and hands on 5 N N TURN
control levers.
W-2399-0501

Figure 60 RIGHT FAST


6 N N TURN

NA3111

Joystick Functions (Drive And Steering) [Figure 61]:

1. Forward Travel – Move both joysticks forward.


2. Backward Travel – Move both joysticks backward.
3. Forward Left Turn – Move the right joystick farther
1
forward than the left joystick.
4. Forward Right Turn – Move the left joystick farther
forward than the right joystick.
5. Left Fast Turn – Move the left joystick backward and
the right joystick forward.
P-90674E
6. Right Fast Turn – Move the left joystick forward and
the right joystick backward.
Both joysticks control drive and steering and are located
on the left and right side in front of the seat (Item 1)
[Figure 60].

Move the joysticks smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and


stopping.

72 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


STOPPING THE LOADER

Using The Control Levers Or Joysticks

When the steering levers or joysticks are moved to the


neutral position, the hydrostatic transmission will act as a
service brake to stop the loader.

73 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


TWO-SPEED CONTROL

Description Operation

Two-speed is available on SJC equipped machines. High


range allows you to reduce cycle times when there is a
long travel distance between the dig site and the dump
site. You can also use the high range when travelling from
WARNING
one jobsite to another at faster speeds.
HITTING OBSTRUCTIONS AT HIGH RANGE SPEEDS
Figure 62 CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Fasten shoulder belt for additional restraint when
operating at high range speeds.
2 W-2754-0908

Figure 63

P-85812A 1

NA3107 NA3173 NA3112


1
Left Joystick Right Joystick
P-85815A

2
NOTE: The 3-point restraint must be used when
selecting high range operation [Figure 62].

Connect the shoulder belt to the lap belt (Item 1). Pull the
lap belt across to the right side of the seat and fasten
(Item 2) [Figure 62].

The shoulder belt must be positioned over your left P107005C P107006C
shoulder and lap belt over your lower hips.

NOTE: You must disengage Speed Management


before you can select high range.

Press the top of the switch (Item 2) on the left joystick for
high range. The two-speed and shoulder belt icons
located on the left instrument panel (Item 1) [Figure 63]
will come on.

Press the bottom of the switch for low range.

74 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SPEED MANAGEMENT

Speed Management is available on SJC equipped machines.

Description

Speed Management allows the loader to be manoeuvred at a slower travel speed, even during maximum movement of the
joystick(s).

This feature can be useful when installing attachments, loading or unloading, and certain applications. (EXAMPLES:
Landscaping, tilling, trenching)

Operation

NOTE: Two-Speed Loaders Only – You must be in low NOTE: The factory default setting can be changed by
range speed to engage Speed Management. the operator. (See Changing The Factory
Default Setting on Page 76.)
Figure 64
While Speed Management is engaged, press the top of
Left Joystick Right Joystick the Speed Control switch (Item 2) [Figure 64] to increase
the speed up to 99% [SPD 99] or the bottom of the switch
2 (Item 3) [Figure 64] to decrease the speed down to 1%
[SPD 01]. The percentages will appear in the display
3
(Items 2, 3, and 4) [Figure 65].

1 Press button (Item 1) [Figure 64] again to disengage


Speed Management and return to Standard Travel
P107005D P107006D Speed. [STD] (Item 5) [Figure 65] will appear in the
display.
Press the button (Item 1) [Figure 64] on the left joystick
The system will retain the speed percentage as long as
once to engage Speed Management.
the loader remains ON.
Figure 65
EXAMPLE: You can be using the machine at 40%,
then disengage Speed Management to reposition
the loader, and then reengage Speed
Management. The speed percentage will still be at
40%.
1
EXAMPLE: Turning the key switch to STOP will
return the Speed Management setting to default.
The next time you start the engine and engage
Speed Management, the speed is set at 57%
(factory default setting) or the last default setting
saved by the operator. (See Changing The Factory
NA3174
Default Setting on Page 76.)

2 3 4 NOTE: Two-Speed Loaders Only – You must


disengage Speed Management before you
can select high range.
5
NA3073 / NA3074 / NA3075 / NA3076

The Speed Management icon (Item 1) [Figure 65] will


appear in the display and remain on until the Speed
Management button is pressed again or the machine is
turned off.

When Speed Management is engaged, the machine will


travel at the factory default setting of 57% of Standard
Travel Speed and the percentage [SPD 57] will appear in
the display (Item 2) [Figure 65].

75 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SPEED MANAGEMENT (CONT’D)

Changing The Factory Default Setting

The Speed Management factory default setting can be Figure 67


changed by the operator to save adjustment time.

EXAMPLE: Your machine is often used for


trenching and you prefer a Speed Management
setting of 28% of Standard Travel Speed for that
application. The Speed Management default
setting can be changed to 28% of Standard Travel
Speed instead of the factory default setting of
57%. Each time you start the machine and first
select Speed Management, the machine will
default to 28% of Standard Travel Speed.
NA3175
Engage Speed Management. (See Operation on Page
75.)
The alarm will beep once, display [SET ##] [Figure 67]
Figure 66 (## will indicate the percentage you selected) and remain
in Speed Management mode.
Left Joystick Right Joystick
Pressing the button (Item 1) [Figure 66] on the left
2 joystick or turning the machine off will disengage Speed
Management and return the loader to Standard Travel
3 Speed.

When Speed Management is first selected each time the


1
machine is started, the percentage you selected is the
P107005D P107006D default setting. Speed Management can still be adjusted
from 1% to 99% of Standard Travel Speed.

Adjust the speed percentage higher (Item 2) or lower The default setting can be changed any time the operator
(Item 3) [Figure 66] by pressing the Speed Control chooses.
switch until the desired default setting is displayed.

Press and hold the button (Item 1) [Figure 66] on the left
joystick to save the default setting.

76 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DRIVE RESPONSE

Drive Response is available on SJC equipped machines.

Description Operation

Drive Response changes how responsive (more or less) Perform PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE and STARTING
the loaders drive and steering systems are when the THE ENGINE procedures:
operator moves the joystick(s).
1. Fasten seat belt.
Drive Response can be changed by the operator for
different drive response preferences, various job 2. Lower seat bar.
conditions, and attachment use.
3. Put joysticks in neutral position.
NOTE: Changes to drive response do not affect
braking or stopping the loader. 4. Start the engine.

There are three drive response settings: 5. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.

• [DR-1] provides a smooth responsive reaction to 6. Current drive response setting is displayed briefly in
joystick movement. (Drive only) the data display.

• [DR-2] is the default setting and provides a normal


responsive reaction to joystick movement. (Drive
only)

• [DR-3] provides a quick responsive reaction to


joystick movement. (Drive only)

77 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DRIVE RESPONSE (CONT’D)

Operation (Cont’d)

Figure 68 Saving The Drive Response Setting:

The current drive response setting can be saved by


pressing the Information button (Item 3) [Figure 68] to
exit from the drive response adjustment menu.

OR
2
If no buttons are pressed for 10 seconds, the drive
response setting will be saved and the display screen will
3 change to the hourmeter.

1 NOTE: Machines equipped with a Deluxe


NA3172
Instrumentation Panel will save the drive
response setting for each user. Example: If
4 5 6 user 1 saves the setting [DR-2], the machine
will be in [DR-2] the next time user 1 password
NA3087 / NA3088 / NA3089 is entered.
Left Joystick Right Joystick

P107005D P107006D

Press the Information button (Item 3) to cycle the data


display until the drive response menu is displayed. The
current drive response setting will appear in the data
display (Item 1) [Figure 68].

Press the left or right scroll button (Item 2) [Figure 68] on


the left panel to adjust the setting. Adjustments to the
drive response are effective immediately.

OR

Press the left or right button (Item 7) [Figure 68] on the


left joystick to adjust the setting. Adjustments to the drive
response are effective immediately.

Press the left scroll button on the left panel or the left
button on the left joystick to scroll down through the three
drive response settings (Items 4, 5, and 6). Press the
right scroll button on the left panel or the right button of
the left joystick to scroll up through the three drive
response settings (Items 4, 5, and 6) [Figure 68].

78 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION

Steering Drift Compensation is available on SJC equipped machines.

Description Operation

Steering Drift Compensation can be used to reduce Perform PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE and STARTING
steering drift to maintain a desired travel path in forward THE ENGINE procedures:
and reverse directions.
1. Fasten seat belt.
Examples of applications where this feature can be used:
2. Lower seat bar.
• To compensate for normal variations such as tyre
inflation pressure, track tension, tyre wear, and track 3. Put joysticks in neutral position.
wear.
4. Start the engine.
• Using side shift attachments such as trenchers,
planers, and silt fence installers. 5. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.

• Driving on uneven terrain such as crowned road 6. Current drive response setting is displayed briefly in
surfaces. the data display.

Figure 69

Steering Drift Compensation

NA3232

Steering drift compensation contains a total of 21


settings. Steering drift compensation can be set to any
point from neutral to [SFL10] or [SRL10] left, and from
neutral to [SFR10] or [SRR10] right. [SF---] or [SR---] is
displayed when set for neutral [Figure 69].

79 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION (CONT’D)

Operation (Cont’d)

Figure 70 Press the left scroll button on the left panel or the left
button on the left control to adjust the machine left.
[SFL01] (Item 4) through a maximum of [SFL10] will
appear in the data display (Item 1) [Figure 70]. The
number will increase by one each time you press the
button. The higher the number, the greater the amount of
steering drift compensation to the left.
2
Press the right scroll button on the left panel or the right
button on the left control to adjust the machine back
3 toward centre. The display will decrease down to neutral
displayed as [SF---] (Item 5). Another press of the upper
1 right button will cause [SFR01] (Item 6) to appear in the
NA3172
data display (Item 1) [Figure 70]. The number will
increase by one each time you press the button up to a
4 5 6 maximum of [SFR10]. The higher the number, the
greater the amount of steering drift compensation to the
NA3227 / NA3229 / NA3231 right.
Left Right Forward steering drift compensation setting can be
adjusted with the steering controls in neutral or during
forward travel. Reverse steering drift compensation
setting can be adjusted during reverse travel. The letter
[R] will appear in place of the letter [F] in the data display
when setting reverse steering drift compensation.
7
(EXAMPLES: [SRL01], [SRR01], and [SR---].

P107005D P107006D Exiting The Steering Drift Compensation Menu:

Press the Information button (Item 3) to cycle the data Press the Information button (Item 3) [Figure 70] to exit
display until the steering drift compensation menu is from the steering drift compensation adjustment menu.
displayed. The current steering drift compensation setting
will appear in the data display (Item 1) [Figure 70]. OR

Press the left or right scroll button (Item 2) [Figure 70] on If no buttons are pressed for 10 seconds, the display
the left panel to adjust the setting. Adjustments to screen will change to the hourmeter.
steering drift compensation are effective immediately and
saved automatically.

OR

Press the left or right button (Item 7) [Figure 70] on the


left control to adjust the setting. Adjustments to the
steering drift compensation are effective immediately and
saved automatically.

80 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


LIFT AND TILT COMPENSATION

Lift and Tilt Compensation is available on ACS and SJC equipped machines.

Description Operation

Lift and Tilt Compensation can be used to adjust the lift NOTE: Lift and Tilt Compensation should be
and tilt control sensitivity. This enables the operator to performed when the machine has been
increase or decrease the amount of control movement warmed to operating temperature and any
before lift up, lift down, tilt back, and tilt out begins. The attachment has been removed.
operator can change each setting to their preference.
Perform PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE and STARTING
EXAMPLE: Your machine is being used with a THE ENGINE procedures:
mower attachment. The mower slowly lowers
because you move the controls slightly when 1. Fasten seat belt.
passing over extremely rough ground. Adjusting
the lift down control to a low setting will provide 2. Lower seat bar and engage the parking brake.
an increased neutral band and allow for more
control movement before the lift arms move. 3. Put handles or joysticks in neutral position.

The procedure that follows provides a starting point for 4. Start the engine.
the lift and tilt control compensation. Operators can
adjust the settings to account for attachment weight, 5. (ACS) – Select hand control operation.
engine rpm and application.
OR

(SJC) – Select ‘H’ control pattern.

6. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.

7. Raise the lift arms approximately 1 m (3 ft) off the


ground and tilt the Bob-Tach frame forward
approximately 300 mm (1 ft).

8. Raise and lower the seat bar to engage the interlocks


and enable the procedure to be performed.

9. Increase engine speed to high idle.

10. Continue with the correct procedure for your machine.


(See Operation (ACS) on Page 82.) or (See
Operation (SJC) on Page 83.)

NOTE: When the procedure has begun, raising the


seat bar will cause the machine to disengage
from lift and tilt compensation. Changes made
to the lift and tilt compensation settings will
NOT be saved.

81 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


LIFT AND TILT COMPENSATION (CONT’D)

Operation (ACS)

This procedure is described using hand controls. The 2. Move the left handle outward and hold. [LU ##] (Item
procedure can be performed using foot pedals on ACS 4) will appear in the data display. (## will indicate the
equipped loaders. current setting.) Move the switch (Item 9) [Figure 71]
to the right repeatedly until a slight upward movement
Figure 71 of the lift arms is noticed. The setting will increase by
one each time the switch is moved. The available
range of adjustment is -25 to 35.

NOTE: If the lift arms begin to move immediately,


move the switch (Item 9) [Figure 71] to the left
repeatedly until lift arm movement stops, then
move the switch to the right repeatedly until a
slight upward movement of the lift arms is
noticed. (This procedure also applies to the
next three steps.)
2
1 3. Move the left handle inward and hold. [LD ##] (Item
5) will appear in the data display. Move the switch
NA3176 (Item 9) [Figure 71] to the right repeatedly until a
slight downward movement of the lift arms is noticed.
3 4 5 4. Move the right handle inward and hold. [TB ##] (Item
6) will appear in the data display. Move the switch
(Item 9) [Figure 71] to the right repeatedly until a
6 7 slight backward tilt movement of the Bob-Tach frame
is noticed.
NA3152 / NA3153 / NA3154 / NA3155 / NA3156

Left Handle Right Handle 5. Move the right handle outward and hold. [TO ##]
(Item 7) will appear in the data display. Move the
switch (Item 9) [Figure 71] to the right repeatedly until
9 a slight forward tilt movement of the Bob-Tach frame
is noticed.

Exiting The Lift And Tilt Compensation Menu:


8
The current lift and tilt compensation setting can be
saved by pressing the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button (Item 1) [Figure 71]. The machine will exit from
the lift and tilt compensation menu.
P107000C P100997C

OR
LTC – Lift and Tilt Compensation
LU – Lift Up Raise and lower the seat bar to exit from the lift and tilt
LD – Lift Down compensation menu without saving. This will cancel all
TB – Tilt Back changes made. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE
TO – Tilt Out LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 71] to continue
machine operation.
1. Press and hold the float button (Item 8). Press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1). Perform several lift and tilt functions to determine if the
Release both buttons. This will open the lift and tilt settings match your preferences. Repeat procedure if
compensation menu. [LTC] (Item 3) will appear in the desired.
data display (Item 2) [Figure 71].

82 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


LIFT AND TILT COMPENSATION (CONT’D)

Operation (SJC)

This procedure is described using the ‘H’ control pattern. 2. Move the left joystick outward and hold. [LU ##] (Item
The procedure can be performed using the ‘ISO’ control 4) will appear in the data display. (## will indicate the
pattern on SJC equipped loaders. current setting.) Move the switch (Item 9) [Figure 72]
to the right repeatedly until a slight upward movement
Figure 72 of the lift arms is noticed. The setting will increase by
one each time the switch is moved. The available
range of adjustment is -25 to 35.

NOTE: If the lift arms begin to move immediately,


move the switch (Item 9) [Figure 72] to the left
repeatedly until lift arm movement stops, then
move the switch to the right repeatedly until a
slight upward movement of the lift arms is
noticed. (This procedure also applies to the
next three steps.)
2
1 3. Move the left joystick inward and hold. [LD ##] (Item
5) will appear in the data display. Move the switch
NA3176 (Item 9) [Figure 72] to the right repeatedly until a
slight downward movement of the lift arms is noticed.
3 4 5 4. Move the right joystick inward and hold. [TB ##] (Item
6) will appear in the data display. Move the switch
(Item 9) [Figure 72] to the right repeatedly until a
6 7 slight backward tilt movement of the Bob-Tach frame
is noticed.
NA3152 / NA3153 / NA3154 / NA3155 / NA3156

Left Joystick Right Joystick 5. Move the right joystick outward and hold. [TO ##]
(Item 7) will appear in the data display. Move the
switch (Item 9) [Figure 72] to the right repeatedly until
9 a slight forward tilt movement of the Bob-Tach frame
is noticed.

Exiting The Lift And Tilt Compensation Menu:


8
The current lift and tilt compensation setting can be
saved by pressing the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button (Item 1) [Figure 72]. The machine will exit from
the lift and tilt compensation menu.
P107005C P107006C

OR
LTC – Lift and Tilt Compensation
LU – Lift Up Raise and lower the seat bar to exit from the lift and tilt
LD – Lift Down compensation menu without saving. This will cancel all
TB – Tilt Back changes made. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE
TO – Tilt Out LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 72] to continue
machine operation.
1. Press and hold the float button (Item 8). Press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1). Perform several lift and tilt functions to determine if the
Release both buttons. This will open the lift and tilt settings match your preferences. Repeat procedure if
compensation menu. [LTC] (Item 3) will appear in the desired.
data display (Item 2) [Figure 72].

83 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HYDRAULIC CONTROLS

Description

Two foot pedals (or optional hand controls or optional joysticks) control the hydraulic cylinders for the lift and tilt functions.

Put your feet on the pedals (or footrests) and KEEP THEM THERE any time you operate the loader.

Standard Controls And Advanced Control System (ACS) In FOOT Pedal Mode

Figure 73 Lift Arm Float Position (With ACS) – (Left Pedal And Left
Handle)

Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) while the left
pedal is in neutral. Push the toe of the pedal forward
to lift arm down position (Item 2) [Figure 73], then
3
release the button.

NA3099 Press Float button (Item 3) again or raise the lift arms
(Item 1) [Figure 73] to disengage.
2
Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose
material while driving backward.

1 Figure 74
NA1207 NA3104

Lift Arm Operation – (Left Pedal)


2
Push the heel (Item 1) [Figure 73] of the pedal to
raise the lift arms.

Push the toe (Item 2) [Figure 73] of the pedal to lower 1


the lift arms.

Lift Arm Float Position – (Left Pedal) NA1207 NA3104

Push the toe of the pedal (Item 2) [Figure 73] all the Tilt Operation – (Right Pedal)
way forward until the pedal locks into the float
position. Push the heel of the pedal (Item 1) [Figure 74] to tilt
the bucket backward.
Raise the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 73] to disengage.
Push the toe of the pedal (Item 2) [Figure 74] to tilt
Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose the bucket forward.
material while driving backward.

84 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)

Advanced Control System (ACS) In HAND Control Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control
Mode Pattern

Figure 75 Figure 77

1 2 2

3
3

1
NA1207 NA3099
NA1207 NA3052

Lift Arm Operation – (Left Handle)


Lift Arm Operation – (Right Hand Joystick)
Move the handle outward (Item 1) [Figure 75] to raise
the lift arms. Move the joystick backward (Item 1) [Figure 77] to
raise the lift arms.
Move the handle inward (Item 2) [Figure 75] to lower
the lift arms. Move the joystick forward (Item 2) [Figure 77] to
lower the lift arms.
Lift Arm Float Position – (Left Handle)
Lift Arm Float Position – (Right Hand Joystick)
Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) while the
handle is in neutral. Move the handle to lift arm down Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) while the
position (Item 2) [Figure 75], then release the button. joystick is in neutral. Move the joystick to lift arm down
position (Item 2) [Figure 77], then release the button.
Press Float button (Item 3) again or move the handle
to lift arm up position (Item 1) [Figure 75] to Press Float button (Item 3) again or move the joystick
disengage. to lift arm up position (Item 1) [Figure 77] to
disengage.
Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose
material while driving backward. Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose
material while driving backward.
Figure 76
Figure 78
1 2
1 2

NA1207 NA3099 NA1207 NA3052

Tilt Operation – (Right Handle) Tilt Operation – (Right Hand Joystick)

Move the handle inward (Item 1) [Figure 76] to tilt the Move the joystick inward (Item 1) [Figure 78] to tilt
bucket backward. the bucket backward.

Move the handle outward (Item 2) [Figure 76] to tilt Move the joystick outward (Item 2) [Figure 78] to tilt
the bucket forward. the bucket forward.

85 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)

Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Hydraulic Bucket Positioning


Pattern
This machine may be equipped with Hydraulic Bucket
Figure 79 Positioning.

The function of hydraulic bucket positioning is to keep the


1 2
bucket at the same approximate angle as the lift arms are
raised.

Figure 81

3
NA1207 NA3052

Lift Arm Operation – (Left Hand Joystick)

Move the joystick outward (Item 1) [Figure 79] to


raise the lift arms.

Move the joystick inward (Item 2) [Figure 79] to lower


the lift arms.

Lift Arm Float Position – (Left And Right Hand Joysticks)

Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) while the


joysticks are in neutral. Move the left joystick to lift
arm down position (Item 2) [Figure 79], then release
the button.

Press Float button (Item 3) again or move the left


joystick to lift arm up position (Item 1) [Figure 79] to
disengage. 1

Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose


material while driving backward.

Figure 80

1 2 NA3092

Press the top of the Bucket Positioning switch (Item 1)


[Figure 81] on the left switch panel to engage the bucket
positioning function. The amber light in the switch will
turn ON.

Press the bottom of the switch to disengage. The amber


NA1207 NA3052 light will turn OFF.

Tilt Operation – (Right Hand Joystick) Bucket positioning functions only during upward lift cycle.

Move the joystick inward (Item 1) [Figure 80] to tilt


the bucket backward.

Move the joystick outward (Item 2) [Figure 80] to tilt


the bucket forward.

86 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)

FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation

Figure 82 SJC (If Equipped)

Figure 84

Left Joystick Right Joystick

1
1
2

NA3172

Press the Auxiliary Hydraulics button (Item 2) [Figure 82] P107005C P107006C
once to activate the auxiliary hydraulics.

The light (Item 1) [Figure 82] is ON. Move the Front Auxiliary Hydraulic switch (Item 1)
[Figure 83] or [Figure 84] to the right or left to change
Standard And ACS (If Equipped) direction of the auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow to the front
quick couplers. If you move the switch halfway, the
Figure 83 auxiliary functions move at approximately one-half
speed. (EXAMPLE: Open and close grapple teeth.)
Left Handle Right Handle
Release the Front Auxiliary Hydraulic switch to stop
hydraulic fluid flow to the front quick couplers.
1
To deactivate the auxiliary hydraulics, press the Auxiliary
Hydraulics button (Item 2) [Figure 82] again.

The light (Item 1) [Figure 82] is OFF.

NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the


seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System will
P100998C P100997C deactivate.

87 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)

FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (REVERSE


(CONTINUOUS FLOW) CONTINUOUS FLOW)

Standard And ACS (If Equipped) To allow constant auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow to the front
male coupler (male coupler is pressurised):
Figure 85
1. Activate the auxiliary hydraulics.
Left Handle Right Handle
2. Move the Front Auxiliary Hydraulic switch (Item 1)
1 [Figure 85] or [Figure 86] to the left and hold.

3. Press the Continuous Flow Control switch (Item 2)


[Figure 85] or [Figure 86].

2 4. Release the Front Auxiliary Hydraulic switch.

NOTE: Reverse flow can cause damage to some


attachments. Use reverse flow with your
P100998C P100997C attachment only if approved. See your
attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual
SJC (If Equipped) for detailed information.

Figure 86 To stop reverse continuous auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow,


press the Continuous Flow Control switch (Item 2)
Left Joystick Right Joystick [Figure 85] or [Figure 86] a second time.

1 NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the


seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System will
deactivate.

P107005C P107006C

After activating the auxiliary hydraulics, press the


Continuous Flow Control switch (Item 2) [Figure 85] or
[Figure 86] to allow constant auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow
to the front female coupler (female coupler is
pressurised). (EXAMPLE: Operate a backhoe.)

To stop continuous auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow, press the


Continuous Flow Control switch (Item 2) [Figure 85] or
[Figure 86] a second time.

NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the


seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System will
deactivate.

88 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)

Quick Couplers

Figure 87

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention 1
from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909

P115172A

WARNING To Connect:

Remove dirt or debris from the surface of the male and


AVOID BURNS
Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers female couplers, and from the outside diameter of the
can get hot when running machine and attachments. male couplers. Visually check the couplers for corroding,
Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick cracking, damage, or excessive wear. If any of these
couplers. conditions exist, the coupler(s) [Figure 87] must be
W-2220-0396 replaced.

Install the male couplers into the female couplers. Full


connection is made when the ball release sleeves slide
forward on the female couplers.

Some attachments have a case drain that needs to be


connected to the small quick coupler (Item 1)
[Figure 87].

To Disconnect:

Hold the male couplers. Retract the sleeves on the


female couplers until couplers disconnect.

89 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)

Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And Attachment)

WARNING
AVOID BURNS
Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers
can get hot when running machine and attachments.
Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick
couplers.
W-2220-0396

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909

Front Auxiliary Quick Couplers

When Connecting: Push the quick couplers tightly


together and hold for 5 seconds; the pressure is
automatically relieved as the couplers are installed.

When Disconnecting: Push the quick couplers tightly


together and hold for 5 seconds; then retract the sleeves
until the couplers disconnect.

90 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD)

This machine may be equipped with an Attachment Control Device.

Description

Figure 88 Standard And ACS (If Equipped)

Figure 90

Left Handle Right Handle

1
1 2 3

P100998C P100997C
P115172A

Connect the attachment electrical harness to the SJC (If Equipped)


attachment control device (Item 1) [Figure 88].
Figure 91
Figure 89
Left Joystick Right Joystick

1 2
3

P107005C P107006C

Additional switches (Items 1, 2, and 3) [Figure 90] or


P-43303A
[Figure 91] are used to control some attachment
functions through the attachment control device.

You will need the 14-Pin Attachment Control Device kit See the appropriate attachment Operation &
(Item 1) [Figure 89] to operate early model attachments. Maintenance Manual for control details.
See your Bobcat loader dealer.

91 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DAILY INSPECTION

Daily Inspection And Maintenance

Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals.


Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early
failures. The Service Checklist And Schedule is a guide
for correct maintenance of the Bobcat loader.
WARNING
Figure 92 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Keep door / cover closed except for service.
• Keep engine clean of flammable material.
• Keep body, loose objects and clothing away from
electrical contacts, moving parts, hot parts and
exhaust.
• Do not use the machine in space with explosive
1 dusts or gases or with flammable material near
exhaust.
• Never use ether or starting fluid on diesel engine
with glow plugs or air intake heater. Use only
starting aids as approved by engine
manufacturer.
• Leaking fluids under pressure can enter skin and
cause serious injury.
• Battery acid causes severe burns; wear goggles.
P100041C
If acid contacts eyes, skin, or clothing, flush with
water. For contact with eyes, flush and get
The Service Checklist And Schedule (Item 1) [Figure 92] medical attention.
is located inside the rear door of the loader. • Battery makes flammable and explosive gas.
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco
A complete list of scheduled maintenance tasks is also away.
located in the Preventive Maintenance section of this • For jump start, connect negative cable to the
manual. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.) machine engine last (never at the battery). After
jump start, remove negative connection at the
engine first.
• Exhaust gases can kill. Always ventilate.
W-2782-0409

NOTE: Fluids such as engine oil, hydraulic fluid, and


coolant must be disposed of in an
environmentally safe manner. Some
regulations require that certain spills and
leaks on the ground must be cleaned in a
specific manner. See local regulations for
correct disposal.

WARNING
Operator must have instructions before operating the
machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or
death.
W-2001-0502

92 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DAILY INSPECTION (CONT’D)

Daily Inspection And Maintenance (Cont’d)

The following list of items must be checked daily:

• Engine Oil Level IMPORTANT


• Hydraulic Fluid Level
This machine is factory equipped with a spark
arrester exhaust system that must be maintained for
• Engine Air Cleaner – Check System for Damage or
proper function.
Leaks
• WITH MUFFLER
• Engine Cooling System – Check System for Damage
The muffler chamber must be emptied every 100
or Leaks, Check Coolant Level, Clean Hydraulic Fluid
hours of operation to keep it in working
Cooler and Radiator Assembly, and Rear Grille
condition.
• Operator Cab and Cab Mounting Hardware
• WITH DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST (DOC)
Do not remove or modify the DOC.
• Seat Belt
• WITH DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF)
• Seat Bar and Control Interlocks
The DPF must be maintained according to the
instructions in the Operation & Maintenance
• Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™)
Manual for proper function.
• Front Horn – Check for Proper Function
(If this machine is operated on flammable forest,
brush or grass cover land, a spark arrester attached
• Grease Pivot Pins (Lift Arms, Lift Links, Bob-Tach,
to the exhaust system may be required and must be
Cylinders, Bob-Tach Wedges)
maintained in working order. Refer to local laws and
regulations for spark arrester requirements.)
• Tyres – Check for Wear, Damage, Correct Air I-2350-EN-0813
Pressure

• Fuel Filter – Remove Trapped Water

• Loose or Broken Parts – Repair or Replace as


Necessary IMPORTANT
• Safety Treads and Safety Signs (Decals) – Replace PRESSURE WASHING DECALS
as Necessary • Never direct the stream at a low angle toward the
decal that could damage the decal causing it to
• Lift Arm Support Device – Replace if Damaged peel from the surface.
• Direct the stream at a 90 degree angle and at
least 300 mm (12 in) from the decal. Wash from
the centre of the decal toward the edges.
I-2226-EN-0910

93 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE

Entering The Loader Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator’s


Handbook Locations
Figure 93
Figure 94

2
1

P115138E
P-90526A

Use the bucket or attachment steps, grab handles, and


safety treads (on the loader lift arms and frame) to get on Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance
and off the loader, maintaining a three-point contact at all Manual and the Operator’s Handbook (Item 1)
times [Figure 93]. Do not jump. [Figure 94] before operating the loader.

Safety treads are installed on the Bobcat loader to The Operation & Maintenance Manual and other
provide a slip resistant surface for getting on and off the manuals can be kept in a container (Item 2) [Figure 94]
loader. provided behind the operator seat.

Keep safety treads clean and replace when damaged.


Replacement treads are available from your Bobcat
dealer. WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Instructions are necessary before operating or
servicing machine. Read and understand the
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0807

94 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Seat Adjustment

Suspension Seat (Standard) Air Ride Suspension Seat (Option)

Figure 95 Figure 97

2
2

P100992 P100994

Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 95] up to adjust the angle Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 97] up to adjust the angle
of the seat back. of the seat back.

Pull the lever (Item 2) [Figure 95] up to adjust the seat Pull the lever (Item 2) [Figure 97] up to adjust the seat
position for comfortable operation of the loader controls. position for comfortable operation of the loader controls.

Figure 96 Figure 98

2 P100993

P100999
The lever (Item 1) is used to adjust the suspension
response of the seat depending on the operator’s weight.
The lever (Item 1) is used to adjust the suspension The optimum setting is achieved with the needle (Item 2)
response of the seat depending on the operator’s weight. [Figure 98] centred in the gauge with the operator
The optimum setting is achieved with the needle (Item 2) normally seated.
[Figure 96] centred in the gauge with the operator
normally seated. Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 98] up and hold to
increase the amount of air in the seat suspension. Push
Pivot the lever out fully to adjust the setting. Pump lever the lever down and hold to decrease the amount of air in
between middle and upper positions to move the needle the seat suspension.
to the right. Pump lever between middle and lower
positions to move the needle to the left. Return lever to NOTE: The loader electrical system must be turned
the middle position and pivot lever back fully to lock in ON to increase the amount of air in the seat
setting. suspension.

95 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Seat Belt Adjustment

Standard Seat Belt 3-Point Restraint (Option And Loaders Equipped With
Two-Speed)
Figure 99
Figure 100

P-85812A

P109037
P-85815A

Pull the lap belt across to the right side of the seat and
fasten [Figure 99]. Connect the shoulder belt to the lap belt (Item 1). Pull the
lap belt across to the right side of the seat and fasten
The lap belt must be positioned over your lower hips. (Item 2) [Figure 100].

The shoulder belt must be positioned over your left


shoulder and lap belt over your lower hips.
IMPORTANT
Check the seat belt retractor for correct operation.
Keep retractor clean and replace as necessary. IMPORTANT
I-2252-0707
Check the seat belt and shoulder belt retractors for
correct operation.

Keep retractors clean and replace as necessary.


I-2199-0200

96 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Seat Bar Joystick Position Adjustment

Figure 101 Joystick Position Adjustment is available on SJC


equipped machines.

Figure 102

P-85452B
NA3105

Lower the seat bar and engage the parking brake


P-90491A
[Figure 101].

Put the foot pedals or hand controls in neutral position. Pull the joystick adjustment lever (Item 1) [Figure 102]
up to slide the loader joystick forward or backward to
NOTE: Keep your hands on the steering levers and adjust for comfortable operation. (Right side shown.)
your feet on the foot pedals (or footrests)
while operating the loader.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When operating the machine:
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests
and hands on the controls.
W-2261-0909

97 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


STARTING THE ENGINE

Standard Key Panel

Figure 104

WARNING
1
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
• Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas.
Keep flammable material away. 2
• Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
explosive dust or gases.
W-2051-0212

Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-


STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 94.)

Figure 103 P-90687A

Turn the key switch to RUN (Item 1) [Figure 104]. The


indicator lights on the left instrument panel will come ON
briefly and the instrument panel / monitoring system will
perform a self test.

Figure 105

P-90525B
2
Set the engine speed control to the low idle position 1
[Figure 103].
NA3072

The machine will cycle the glow plugs automatically


based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1)
and the cycle time remaining (Item 2) [Figure 105] are
displayed in the data display.

When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, turn the key
switch to START (Item 2). Release the switch when the
engine starts and allow the switch to return to the RUN
position (Item 1) [Figure 104].

98 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)

Standard Key Panel (Cont’d)

NOTE: Make sure both hand controls (ACS) or Figure 107


joysticks (SJC) are in the neutral position
before starting the engine. Do not move the
levers or joysticks from the neutral position
when turning the key switch to RUN or START
with the BICS™ activated.
2

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Fasten seat belt, start and operate only from the
operator’s seat. 1
• Never wear loose clothing when working near
P-90726H
machine.
W-2135-1108
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item
Figure 106 1) [Figure 107] to activate the BICS™ and to perform
hydraulic and loader functions.
ACS
(SJC) The current drive response setting is displayed
briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time the PRESS
TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 107] is
pressed.

NOTE: (SJC) The light of the current switch position


(ISO or H) will flash, which indicates PRESS
1 TO OPERATE LOADER is required. The light
will flash when the key switch is in the RUN
P-85307B position and continue to flash until the PRESS
NA3048
TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed,
SJC then the light will become solid. If the mode
(ISO / H) is changed while driving, the active
mode light will remain solid and the pending
mode light will flash. When operation of the
machine is returned to neutral, the active
mode light will turn off and the pending mode
light will continue to flash until the PRESS TO
OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.
2

P-85307J
NA3049
WARNING
(ACS) Select hand control or foot pedal operation (Item AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
1) [Figure 106] if equipped with ACS. When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
OR fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
(SJC) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Control Pattern (Item 2) gases which can kill without warning.
[Figure 106] if equipped with SJC. W-2050-0807

99 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)

Keyless Start Panel

Figure 109

WARNING
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH 1
• Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas.
Keep flammable material away.
• Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
explosive dust or gases.
W-2051-0212

Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-


STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 94.) 2
3
Figure 108

P-90819J

Turn the key switch to RUN (Item 2) [Figure 109]. The


indicator lights on the left instrument panel will come ON
briefly and the instrument panel / monitoring system will
perform a self test.

Use the numeric keypad (Item 1) [Figure 109] to enter


the password.

Figure 110
P-90525B

Set the engine speed control to the low idle position


[Figure 108].

NOTE: Loaders with a Keyless Start Panel have a


permanent, randomly generated Master
Password set at the factory. Your loader will 2
also have an Owner Password. The owner
password can be changed to prevent 1
unauthorised use of your loader. (See
NA3072
Changing The Owner Password on Page 211.)
Keep your password in a safe location for
future needs. The machine will cycle the glow plugs automatically
based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1)
NOTE: The Password Lockout feature can be used to and the cycle time remaining (Item 2) [Figure 110] are
allow starting of the loader without a displayed in the data display.
password. (See Password Lockout Feature on
Page 211.) When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, turn the key
switch to START (Item 3). Release the switch when the
engine starts and allow the switch to return to the RUN
position (Item 2) [Figure 109].

100 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)

Keyless Start Panel (Cont’d)

NOTE: Make sure both hand controls (ACS) or Figure 112


joysticks (SJC) are in the neutral position
before starting the engine. Do not move the
levers or joysticks from the neutral position
when turning the key switch to RUN or START
with the BICS™ activated.
2

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Fasten seat belt, start and operate only from the
operator’s seat. 1
• Never wear loose clothing when working near
P-90726H
machine.
W-2135-1108
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item
Figure 111 1) [Figure 112] to activate the BICS™ and to perform
hydraulic and loader functions.
ACS
(SJC) The current drive response setting is displayed
briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time the PRESS
TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 112] is
pressed.

NOTE: (SJC) The light of the current switch position


(ISO or H) will flash, which indicates PRESS
1 TO OPERATE LOADER is required. The light
will flash when the key switch is in the RUN
P-85307S position and continue to flash until the PRESS
NA3048
TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed,
SJC then the light will become solid. If the mode
(ISO / H) is changed while driving, the active
mode light will remain solid and the pending
mode light will flash. When operation of the
machine is returned to neutral, the active
mode light will turn off and the pending mode
light will continue to flash until the PRESS TO
OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.
2

P-85307U
NA3049
WARNING
(ACS) Select hand control or foot pedal operation (Item AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
1) [Figure 111] if equipped with ACS. When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
OR fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
(SJC) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Control Pattern (Item 2) gases which can kill without warning.
[Figure 111] if equipped with SJC. W-2050-0807

101 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)

Deluxe Instrumentation Panel

Figure 114

WARNING
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH 1
• Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas.
Keep flammable material away.
• Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
explosive dust or gases.
W-2051-0212

Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE- 2


STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 94.) 3

Figure 113

P-90212K

Turn the key switch to RUN (Item 2) [Figure 114]. The


indicator lights on the left instrument panel will come ON
briefly and the instrument panel / monitoring system will
perform a self test.

Use the numeric keypad (Item 1) [Figure 114] to enter


the password.

Figure 115
P-90525B

Set the engine speed control to the low idle position


[Figure 113].

NOTE: Loaders with a Deluxe Instrumentation Panel


have a permanent, randomly generated 2
Master Password set at the factory. Your
loader will also be assigned an Owner 1
NA3072
Password. Your dealer will provide you with
this password. Change the owner password
to one that you will easily remember to The machine will cycle the glow plugs automatically
prevent unauthorised use of your loader. (See based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1)
Changing The Owner Password on Page 212.) and the cycle time remaining (Item 2) [Figure 115] are
Keep your password in a safe location for displayed in the data display.
future needs.
When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, turn the key
NOTE: The Password Lockout feature can be used to switch to START (Item 3). Release the switch when the
allow starting of the loader without a engine starts and allow the switch to return to the RUN
password. (See Password Lockout Feature on position (Item 2) [Figure 114].
Page 213.)

102 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)

Deluxe Instrumentation Panel (Cont’d)

NOTE: Make sure both hand controls (ACS) or Figure 117


joysticks (SJC) are in the neutral position
before starting the engine. Do not move the
levers or joysticks from the neutral position
when turning the key switch to RUN or START
with the BICS™ activated.
2

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Fasten seat belt, start and operate only from the
operator’s seat. 1
• Never wear loose clothing when working near
P-90726H
machine.
W-2135-1108
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item
Figure 116 1) [Figure 117] to activate the BICS™ and to perform
hydraulic and loader functions.
ACS
(SJC) The current drive response setting is displayed
briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time the PRESS
TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 117] is
pressed.

NOTE: (SJC) The light of the current switch position


(ISO or H) will flash, which indicates PRESS
1 TO OPERATE LOADER is required. The light
will flash when the key switch is in the RUN
P-85307Q position and continue to flash until the PRESS
NA3048
TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed,
SJC then the light will become solid. If the mode
(ISO / H) is changed while driving, the active
mode light will remain solid and the pending
mode light will flash. When operation of the
machine is returned to neutral, the active
mode light will turn off and the pending mode
light will continue to flash until the PRESS TO
OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.
2

P-85307V
NA3049
WARNING
(ACS) Select hand control or foot pedal operation (Item AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
1) [Figure 116] if equipped with ACS. When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
OR fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
(SJC) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Control Pattern (Item 2) gases which can kill without warning.
[Figure 116] if equipped with SJC. W-2050-0807

103 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)

Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System Cold Temperature Starting

Let the engine operate for a minimum of 5 minutes to


warm the engine and hydrostatic transmission fluid
before operating the loader WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Do not use ether with glow plug (preheat) systems.
IMPORTANT Explosion can result which can cause injury, death,
or severe engine damage.
When the temperature is below -30°C (-20°F), W-2071-0907
hydrostatic oil must be warmed before starting. The
hydrostatic system will not get enough oil at low If the temperature is below freezing, perform the following
temperatures and will be damaged. Park the machine to make starting the engine easier:
in an area where the temperature will be above -18°C
(0°F) if possible. • Replace the engine oil with the correct type and
I-2007-0910 viscosity for the anticipated starting temperature.
(See Engine Oil Chart on Page 161.)

• Make sure the battery is fully charged.

• Install an engine heater, available from your Bobcat


loader dealer.

NOTE: The display screen of the Deluxe


Instrumentation Panel may not be at full
intensity when the temperature is below -26°C
(-15°F). The display screen may take 30
seconds to several minutes to warm up. All
systems remain monitored even when the
display screen is off.

104 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANELS

Left Panel Warning And Shutdown

Figure 118 When a WARNING condition exists; the associated icon


light is ON and the alarm sounds 3 beeps. If this
condition is allowed to continue, there may be damage to
the engine or loader hydraulic systems.

When a SHUTDOWN condition exists; the associated


icon light is ON and the alarm sounds continuously. The
monitoring system will automatically stop the engine in
15 seconds. The engine can be restarted to move or
2 relocate the loader.
1
The SHUTDOWN feature is associated with the following
NA3172
icons:

General Warning
Frequently monitor the temperature and fuel gauges and Engine Malfunction
BICS™ lights (all BICS™ lights must be OFF to operate Engine Coolant Temperature
loader) [Figure 118]. Hydraulic System Malfunction

After the engine is running, frequently monitor the left


instrument panel [Figure 118] for machine condition.

The associated icon is displayed if there is an error


condition.

EXAMPLE: Engine Coolant Temperature is High.

The Engine Coolant Temperature icon (Item 1)


[Figure 118] is ON.

Press the Information button (Item 2) [Figure 118] to


cycle the data display until the service code screen is
displayed. One of the following SERVICE CODES is
displayed.

• [M0810] Engine Coolant Temperature Too High

• [M0811] Engine Coolant Temperature Extremely


High

Find the cause of the service code and correct before


operating the loader again. (See Service Codes List on
Page 202.)

NOTE: The optional Deluxe Instrumentation Panel


offers an additional view of service codes that
includes a brief description. (See Viewing
Service Codes on Page 201.)

105 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER

Procedure

Stop the loader on level ground. Unbuckle the seat belt.

Fully lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the (Standard Key Panel) Remove the key from the switch
ground. to prevent operation of the loader by unauthorised
personnel.
Figure 119
NOTE: Activating the Password Lockout Feature on
machines with the Keyless Start Panel or the
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel allows
operation of the loader without using a
password. (See Password Lockout Feature on
Page 211.) or (See Password Lockout Feature
on Page 213.)

Figure 121

P-90525B

Set the engine speed control to the low idle position


[Figure 119].

Engage the parking brake.


P115138B P115138C

Figure 120
Exit the loader using grab handles, safety tread, and
steps (maintaining a three-point contact) [Figure 121].
1 1

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before you leave the operator’s seat:
• Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
the ground.
P-90688A P-90214C
• Stop the engine.
• Engage the parking brake.
Turn the key switch to the STOP position (Item 1) • Raise the seat bar.
[Figure 120]. • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
NOTE: If the loader lights are ON, they will remain ON drive functions are deactivated.
for approximately 90 seconds after turning
the loader OFF. The seat bar system must deactivate these functions
when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
Raise the seat bar and make sure the lift and tilt functions service if controls do not deactivate.
are deactivated. W-2463-1110

106 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


COUNTERWEIGHTS

Description Accessories That Affect Machine Weight

Counterweights can be installed on the loader. See your If your loader is already equipped with accessories like
Bobcat dealer for information about approved loader Over Tyre Steel Tracks, Water Tanks, or Rear Stabilisers;
counterweights and configurations for your job installing counterweights may not be necessary.
application and attachment.
See your Bobcat dealer for more information about the
Effect On The Loader And Loader Operation proper use of counterweights with approved attachments
and accessories for your loader.
Proper operation of the loader and attachment does not
change if counterweights are installed on this loader.
Always follow the instructions provided in this manual
when operating your loader with counterweights installed.

Counterweights installed on your loader can affect the


loader and its operation in some applications. Some
examples are:

• Increased machine weight.

• Increased Rated Operating Capacity (ROC).

• Harder steering.

• Accelerated or uneven tyre wear.

• Increased power consumption.

When To Consider Using Counterweights

Install counterweights to increase the loaders Rated


Operating Capacity (ROC) which could improve
attachment performance in some applications. Some
examples are:

• Using pallet fork with palletised loads.

• Using grapples or bale fork.

• Using buckets to handle loose material without


digging.

When To Consider Removing Counterweights

Remove counterweights to increase the downward force


of the attachment for better attachment performance in
some applications. Some examples are:

• Digging with buckets.

• Using Hydraulic Breakers, Scrapers, or Landplanes.

107 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ATTACHMENTS

Choosing The Correct Bucket

Use the correct bucket size for the type and density of
material being handled. For safe handling of materials
WARNING and avoiding machine damage, the attachment (or
bucket) should handle a full load without going over the
ROC for the loader. Partial loads make steering more
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH difficult.
Never use attachments or buckets which are not
approved by Bobcat Company. Buckets and
attachments for safe loads of specified densities are
approved for each model. Unapproved attachments Pallet Fork
can cause injury or death.
W-2052-0907
Figure 123

NOTE: Warranty is void if non-approved attachments


are used on the Bobcat loader. 1

The dealer can identify, for each model loader, the


attachments and buckets approved by Bobcat. The
buckets and attachments are approved for Rated
Operating Capacity (ROC) and for secure fastening to the Load varies with
Bob-Tach. model of pallet fork
being used.
The ROC for this loader is shown on a decal in the
operator cab. (See Performance on Page 218.)

The ROC is determined by using a bucket and material of


normal density, such as dirt or dry gravel. If longer NA3116
buckets are used, the load centre moves forward and
reduces the ROC. If extremely dense material is loaded,
the volume must be reduced to prevent overloading. The maximum load to be carried when using a pallet fork
is shown on a decal located on the pallet fork frame (Item
Figure 122 1) [Figure 123].

WRONG See your Bobcat dealer for more information about pallet
fork inspection, maintenance, and replacement. See your
Bobcat dealer for ROC when using a pallet fork and for
other available attachments.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Do not exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC).
Excessive load can cause tipping or loss of control.
NA1196 W-2053-0903

Exceeding the ROC [Figure 122] can cause the following


problems:

• Steering the loader may be difficult.


• Tyres will wear faster.
• There will be a loss of stability.
• The life of the Bobcat loader will be reduced.

108 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach)

The Bob-Tach is used for fast changing of buckets and attachments. See the appropriate attachment Operation &
Maintenance Manual to install other attachments.

Installing

Figure 124 Figure 125

P-85515 P-85514

Pull the Bob-Tach levers up until they are fully raised Tilt the Bob-Tach backward until the cutting edge of the
(wedges fully raised) (Item 1) [Figure 124]. bucket (or other attachment) is slightly off the ground
[Figure 125]. This procedure will cause the bucket
Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING mounting frame to fit up against the front of the
PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on Bob-Tach.
Page 94.)
Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING
Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page
LOADER button, and release the parking brake. 106.)

Lower the lift arms and tilt the Bob-Tach forward.

Drive the loader slowly forward until the top edge of the
Bob-Tach is completely under the top flange of the bucket
WARNING
mounting frame [Figure 124] (or other attachment).
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
NOTE: Be sure the Bob-Tach levers do not hit the Before you leave the operator’s seat:
attachment. • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
the ground.
• Stop the engine.
• Engage the parking brake.
• Raise the seat bar.
• Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
drive functions are deactivated.

The seat bar system must deactivate these functions


when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
service if controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-1110

109 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)

Installing (Cont’d)

Figure 126 Figure 127

1
1

P-85513
2
P-85513B P-31233A P-31237A

Push down on the Bob-Tach levers until they are fully The wedges (Item 1) must extend through the holes (Item
engaged in the locked position [Figure 126] (wedges 2) [Figure 127] in the mounting frame of the bucket (or
fully extended through the attachment mounting frame other attachment), securely fastening the bucket to the
holes). Bob-Tach.

Both levers must contact the frame as shown when


locked (Item 1) [Figure 126].

If both levers do not engage in the locked position, see


WARNING
your Bobcat dealer for maintenance.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can
allow attachment to come off.
W-2715-0208

110 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)

Removing

Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the
ground. Lower or close any hydraulic equipment, if
applicable. WARNING
Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING
THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page Bob-Tach levers have spring tension. Hold lever
106.) tightly and release slowly. Failure to obey warning
can cause injury.
W-2054-1285

WARNING Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING


PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on
Page 94.)
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before you leave the operator’s seat: Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE
• Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on LOADER button, and release the parking brake.
the ground.
• Stop the engine. Figure 129
• Engage the parking brake.
• Raise the seat bar.
• Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
drive functions are deactivated.

The seat bar system must deactivate these functions


when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
service if controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-1110

Disconnect attachment electrical harness and water or


hydraulic lines, if applicable, from the loader. (See
Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And P-85515
Attachment) on Page 90.)

Figure 128 Tilt the Bob-Tach forward and drive the loader backward,
away from the bucket or attachment [Figure 129].

P-85512

Pull the Bob-Tach levers up [Figure 128] until they are


fully raised (wedges fully raised).

111 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach)

This machine may be equipped with a Power Bob-Tach.

The Power Bob-Tach is used for fast changing of buckets and attachments. See the appropriate attachment Operation &
Maintenance Manual to install other attachments.

Installing

Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING Figure 132


PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on
Page 94.)

Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE


LOADER button, and release the parking brake.

Lower the lift arms and tilt the Bob-Tach forward.

Figure 130

P-31231

Drive the loader slowly forward until the top edge of the
Bob-Tach is completely under the top flange of the bucket
mounting frame [Figure 132] (or other attachment).

NOTE: Be sure the Bob-Tach levers do not hit the


attachment.

NA3094A Figure 133

Figure 131

P-85361A

P-31232
Push and hold BOB-TACH WEDGES “UP” switch (Right
Switch Panel) [Figure 130] until levers (Item 1)
Tilt the Bob-Tach backward until the cutting edge of the
[Figure 131] are fully raised (wedges fully raised).
bucket (or other attachment) is slightly off the ground
[Figure 133]. This procedure will cause the bucket
mounting frame to fit up against the front of the
Bob-Tach.

112 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)

Installing (Cont’d)

Figure 134 Figure 136

P-85360B

NA3094A

P-31233B
Push and hold BOB-TACH WEDGES “UP” switch (Right
Switch Panel) [Figure 134] to make sure the levers are Push and hold BOB-TACH WEDGES “DOWN” switch
fully raised (wedges fully raised). (Right Switch Panel) [Figure 135] until levers are fully
engaged in the locked position [Figure 136] (wedges
NOTE: The Power Bob-Tach system uses fully extended through the attachment mounting frame
continuously pressurised hydraulic fluid to holes).
keep the wedges in the engaged position and
prevent attachment disengagement. Because Both levers must contact the frame as shown when
the wedges can slowly lower, the operator locked (Item 1) [Figure 136].
may need to reactivate the switch (BOB-TACH
WEDGES “UP”) to be sure both wedges are If both levers do not engage in the locked position, see
fully raised before installing the attachment. your Bobcat dealer for maintenance.
Figure 135 The wedges (Item 2) [Figure 136] must extend through
the holes in the mounting frame of the bucket (or other
attachment), securely fastening the bucket to the
Bob-Tach.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can
allow attachment to come off.
W-2715-0208
NA3094A

113 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)

Removing

Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the Figure 137
ground. Lower or close any hydraulic equipment, if
applicable.

If the attachment has electrical, water, or hydraulic


connections to the loader:

1. Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING


THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page
106.)

WARNING
NA3094A
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before you leave the operator’s seat:
• Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on Push and hold BOB-TACH WEDGES “UP” switch (Right
the ground. Switch Panel) [Figure 137] until levers are fully raised
• Stop the engine. (wedges fully raised).
• Engage the parking brake.
• Raise the seat bar. Figure 138
• Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
drive functions are deactivated.

The seat bar system must deactivate these functions


when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
service if controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-1110

2. Disconnect attachment electrical harness and water


or hydraulic lines, if applicable, from the loader. (See
Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And
Attachment) on Page 90.)

3. Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING P-31231


PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE
on Page 94.)
Tilt the Bob-Tach forward and drive the loader backward,
4. Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE away from the bucket or attachment [Figure 138].
LOADER button, and release the parking brake.
NOTE: The Power Bob-Tach system uses
continuously pressurised hydraulic fluid to
keep the wedges in the engaged position and
prevent attachment disengagement. Because
the wedges can slowly lower, the operator
may need to reactivate the switch (BOB-TACH
WEDGES “UP”) when removing an
attachment to be sure both wedges are fully
raised.

114 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATING PROCEDURE

Inspect The Work Area Operating Near An Edge Or Water

Before beginning operation, inspect the work area for Keep the loader as far back from the edge as possible
unsafe conditions. and the loader wheels perpendicular to the edge so that if
part of the edge collapses, the loader can be moved
Look for sharp drop-offs or rough terrain. Have back.
underground utility lines (gas, electrical, water, sewer,
irrigation, etc.) located and marked. Always move the loader back at any indication the edge
may be unstable.
Remove objects or other construction material that could
damage the loader or cause personal injury.

Always check ground conditions before starting your


work:
WARNING
• Inspect for signs of instability such as cracks or MACHINE TIPPING OR ROLLOVER CAN CAUSE
settlement. SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
• Keep the lift arms as low as possible.
• Be aware of weather conditions that can affect ground • Do not travel or turn with the lift arms up.
stability. • Turn on level ground. Slow down when turning.
• Go up and down slopes, not across them.
• Check for adequate traction if working on a slope. • Keep the heavy end of the machine uphill.
• Do not overload the machine.
• Check for adequate traction.
W-2018-1112

Basic Operating Instructions

Always warm the engine and hydrostatic system before


operating the loader. Driving On Public Roads

When operating on a public road or motorway, always


follow local regulations. For example: Slow Moving
IMPORTANT Vehicle Sign or direction signals may be required.

NOTE: Road kits are available as an option from the


Machines warmed up with moderate engine speed factory or as a kit from your Bobcat dealer to
and light load have longer life. equip your machine for driving on public
I-2015-0284 roads in European Union (EU) countries.

Operate the loader with engine at full speed for maximum Always follow local regulations. For more
horsepower. Move the steering controls only a small information, contact your local Bobcat dealer.
amount to operate the loader slowly.

New operators must operate the loader in an open area


without bystanders. Operate the controls until the loader
can be handled at an efficient and safe rate for all
conditions of the work area.

115 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Operating With A Full Bucket Operating With An Empty Bucket

Figure 139 Figure 141

With Bucket Full With Bucket Empty

NA1142 NA1134

Going Up Slope Going Up Slope

Figure 140 Figure 142

With Bucket Full With Bucket Empty

NA1143 NA1135

Going Down Slope Going Down Slope

With a full bucket, go up or down the slope with the heavy With an empty bucket, go up or down the slope with the
end toward the top of the slope [Figure 139] and heavy end toward the top of the slope [Figure 141] and
[Figure 140]. [Figure 142].

Raise the bucket only high enough to avoid obstructions Raise the bucket only high enough to avoid obstructions
on rough ground. on rough ground.

116 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Filling And Emptying The Bucket (Foot Pedals)

Filling Emptying

Figure 143 Figure 145

1 2 2

NA1137 NA3104 NA1133 NA3104

Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 143]. Keep the bucket low when moving to the area where you
want to empty the bucket.
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 143] until the
cutting edge of the bucket is on the ground. Drive slowly Raise the lift arms (Item 1). Level the bucket (Item 2)
forward into the material. [Figure 145] while raising the lift arms to help prevent
material from falling off the back of the bucket.
Figure 144
Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the
truck box or bin.

Empty the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 145]. If all the material


is near the side of the truck or bin, use the bucket tilt to
move the material to the other side.

WARNING
NA1140 NA3104
Never dump over an obstruction, such as a post, that
can enter the operator cab. The machine could tip
Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 144] all the way
forward and cause injury or death.
when the bucket is full. W-2057-0694

Drive backward away from the material.

WARNING
Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not
exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) shown on
sign (decal) in cab. Failure to obey warnings can
cause the machine to tip or rollover and cause injury
or death.
W-2056-1112

117 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Levelling The Ground Using Float (Foot Pedals)

Figure 146

NA3099

1 2

3
NA1141A NA3104

Standard Controls

Put the lift arms in float position by pushing the pedal all
the way forward (Item 1) [Figure 146] until the pedal is
locked into the forward position.

ACS In Foot Pedal Mode

Press and hold the Float button (Item 4) on the left


handle while the left pedal is in neutral. While lowering
the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 146], release the Float
button.

Standard Controls And ACS In Foot Pedal Mode

Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 146] to change


the position of the cutting edge of the bucket.

With the bucket tilted farther forward, there is more force


on the cutting edge and more loose material can be
moved.

Drive backward to level loose material.

Push the bottom of the pedal (Item 3) [Figure 146] to


unlock the float position.

NOTE: On ACS equipped loaders in Foot Pedal Mode,


pressing the Float button again will disengage
float.

IMPORTANT
Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for lift
arms is in float position.
I-2005-1285

118 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Digging And Filling A Hole (Foot Pedals)

Digging Filling

Figure 147 Figure 149

1 2 1 2

NA1139 NA3104 NA1136 NA3104

Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1). Put the cutting Lower the lift arms (Item 1) and put the cutting edge of
edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2) [Figure 147]. the bucket on the ground (Item 2) [Figure 149]. Drive
forward to the edge of the hole to push the material into
Drive forward slowly and continue to tilt the bucket down the hole.
(Item 2) [Figure 147] until the bucket enters the ground.
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 149] as soon as
Tilt the bucket backward a small amount (Item 3) to the bucket is past the edge of the hole.
increase traction and keep an even digging depth.
Continue to drive forward until the bucket is full. When the If necessary, raise the lift arms to empty the bucket.
ground is hard, raise and lower the cutting edge (Items 2
and 3) [Figure 147] while driving forward.

Figure 148

NA1138 NA3104

Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 148] fully when


the bucket is full.

119 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Filling And Emptying The Bucket (ACS – Handles And SJC – ‘H’ Pattern)

Filling Emptying

Figure 150 Figure 152

1 2 1 2

NA1137 NA3099 NA1133 NA3099

Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 150]. Keep the bucket low when moving to the area where you
want to empty the bucket.
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 150] until the
cutting edge of the bucket is on the ground. Drive slowly Raise the lift arms (Item 1). Level the bucket (Item 2)
forward into the material. [Figure 152] while raising the lift arms to help prevent
material from falling off the back of the bucket.
Figure 151
Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the
1 truck box or bin.

Empty the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 152]. If all material is


near the side of the truck or bin, use the bucket tilt to
move the material to the other side.

WARNING
NA1140 NA3099
Never dump over an obstruction, such as a post, that
can enter the operator cab. The machine could tip
Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 151] all the way
forward and cause injury or death.
when the bucket is full. W-2057-0694

Drive backward away from the material.

WARNING
Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not
exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) shown on
sign (decal) in cab. Failure to obey warnings can
cause the machine to tip or rollover and cause injury
or death.
W-2056-1112

120 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Levelling The Ground Using Float (ACS – Handles And SJC – ‘H’ Pattern)

Figure 153

ACS – Handles

1 2 3

NA3099

SJC – ‘H’ Pattern

1 2 3

4
NA1141A NA3052

Press and hold the Float button (Item 4) while the handle
or joystick is in neutral. While lowering the lift arms (Item
2) [Figure 153], release the Float button.

Tilt the bucket forward (Item 3) [Figure 153] to change


the position of the cutting edge of the bucket.

With the bucket tilted farther forward, there is more force


on the cutting edge and more loose material can be
moved.

Drive backward to level loose material.

To disengage float, press the Float button again or raise


the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 153].

IMPORTANT
Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for lift
arms is in float position.
I-2005-1285

121 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Digging And Filling A Hole (ACS – Handles And SJC – ‘H’ Pattern)

Digging Filling

Figure 154 Figure 156

1 2 3 1 2

NA1139 NA3099 NA1136 NA3099

Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1). Put the cutting Lower the lift arms (Item 1) and put the cutting edge of
edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 3) [Figure 154]. the bucket on the ground (Item 2) [Figure 156]. Drive
forward to the edge of the hole to push the material into
Drive forward slowly and continue to tilt the bucket down the hole.
(Item 3) [Figure 154] until the bucket enters the ground.
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 156] as soon as
Tilt the bucket backward a small amount (Item 2) to the bucket is past the edge of the hole.
increase traction and keep an even digging depth.
Continue to drive forward until the bucket is full. When the If necessary, raise the lift arms to empty the bucket.
ground is hard, raise and lower the cutting edge (Items 2
and 3) [Figure 154] while driving forward.

Figure 155

NA1138 NA3099

Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 155] fully when


the bucket is full.

122 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Filling And Emptying The Bucket (SJC – ‘ISO’ Pattern)

Filling Emptying

Figure 157 Figure 159

1
2
2

1
NA1137 NA3052 NA1133 NA3052

Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 157]. Keep the bucket low when moving to the area where you
want to empty the bucket.
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 157] until the
cutting edge of the bucket is on the ground. Drive slowly Raise the lift arms (Item 1). Level the bucket (Item 2)
forward into the material. [Figure 159] while raising the lift arms to help prevent
material from falling off the back of the bucket.
Figure 158
Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the
truck box or bin.
1
Empty the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 159]. If all material is
near the side of the truck or bin, use the bucket tilt to
move the material to the other side.

WARNING
NA1140 NA3052
Never dump over an obstruction, such as a post, that
can enter the operator cab. The machine could tip
Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 158] all the way
forward and cause injury or death.
when the bucket is full. W-2057-0694

Drive backward away from the material.

WARNING
Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not
exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) shown on
sign (decal) in cab. Failure to obey warnings can
cause the machine to tip or rollover and cause injury
or death.
W-2056-1112

123 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Levelling The Ground Using Float (SJC – ‘ISO’ Pattern)

Figure 160

2
3

1
4
NA1141A NA3052

Press and hold the Float button (Item 1) while the joystick
is in neutral. While lowering the lift arms (Item 2)
[Figure 160], release the Float button.

Tilt the bucket forward (Item 3) [Figure 160] to change


the position of the cutting edge of the bucket.

With the bucket tilted farther forward, there is more force


on the cutting edge and more loose material can be
moved.

Drive backward to level loose material.

To disengage, press the Float button again or raise the lift


arms (Item 4) [Figure 160].

IMPORTANT
Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for lift
arms is in float position.
I-2005-1285

124 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Digging And Filling A Hole (SJC – ‘ISO’ Pattern)

Digging Filling

Figure 161 Figure 163

1 1
3 2 2

NA1139 NA3052 NA1136 NA3052

Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1). Put the cutting Lower the lift arms (Item 1) and put the cutting edge of
edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2) [Figure 161]. the bucket on the ground (Item 2) [Figure 163]. Drive
forward to the edge of the hole to push the material into
Drive forward slowly and continue to tilt the bucket down the hole.
(Item 2) [Figure 161] until the bucket enters the ground.
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 163] as soon as
Tilt the bucket backward a small amount (Item 3) to the bucket is past the edge of the hole.
increase traction and keep an even digging depth.
Continue to drive forward until the bucket is full. When the If necessary, raise the lift arms to empty the bucket.
ground is hard, raise and lower the cutting edge (Items 2
and 3) [Figure 161] while driving forward.

Figure 162

NA1138 NA3052

Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 162] fully when


the bucket is full.

125 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


TOWING THE LOADER LIFTING THE LOADER

Procedure Single-Point Lift

Because of the design of the loader, there is not a


recommended towing procedure.

• The loader can be lifted onto a transport vehicle.


WARNING
• The loader can be skidded a short distance to move AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
for service (EXAMPLE: Move onto a transport • Before lifting, check fasteners on single point lift
vehicle.) without damage to the hydrostatic system. and operator cab.
(The tyres will not turn.) There may be slight wear to • Assemble front cab fasteners as shown in this
the tyres when the loader is skidded. manual.
• Never allow riders in the cab or bystanders within
The towing chain (or cable) must be rated at 1.5 times the 5 m (15 ft) while lifting the machine.
W-2007-0910
weight of the loader. (See Performance on Page 218.)

The loader can be lifted with the Single-Point Lift that is


available as a kit from your Bobcat loader dealer.

The Single-Point Lift, supplied by Bobcat, is designed to


lift and support the Bobcat loader without affecting
rollover and falling object protection features of the
operator cab.

Figure 164

NA9148

Attach lift to lift eye [Figure 164].

NOTE: Be sure the lifting equipment is of adequate


size and capacity for the weight of the loader.
(See Performance on Page 218.)

126 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


LIFTING THE LOADER (CONT’D)

Four-Point Lift

Figure 166

WARNING CORRECT WRONG

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


• Before lifting, check fasteners on four point lift.
• Never allow riders in the cab or bystanders within
5 m (15 ft) while lifting the machine.
W-2160-0910

The loader can be lifted with the Four-Point Lift that is


available as a kit from your Bobcat loader dealer.

Figure 165

NA5306
1 NA5307

Attach cables or chains to lift eyes [Figure 166].

NOTE: Sling legs should not contact any part of the


operator cab or lift arms to prevent damage.

NOTE: The required length of front and rear sling


legs may or may not be equal depending on
1
loader configuration. Departure angle (Item 1)
[Figure 166] in this view has been exceeded,
NA5305
sling leg length must be adjusted to prevent
this situation.

NOTE: The loader should be lifted as close to NOTE: Be sure the lifting equipment is of adequate
horizontal as possible, but at no time should size and capacity for the weight of the loader.
the angle of the suspended loader exceed the (See Performance on Page 218.)
departure angle (Item 1) [Figure 165] provided
in the specifications section. (See Machine
Dimensions on Page 217.)

127 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER

Loading And Unloading Fastening

Figure 168

WARNING Rear Tie-Down Front Tie-Down

AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH


Adequately designed ramps of sufficient strength are
needed to support the weight of the machine when
loading onto a transport vehicle. Wood ramps can
break and cause personal injury.
W-2058-0807 P115173A P107253B

Be sure the transport and towing vehicles are of


adequate size and capacity for weight of loader. (See
Performance on Page 218.)

Figure 167

P115168A

Alternate Rear Tie-Down Alternate Front Tie-Down

P115169A

A loader with an empty bucket or no attachment must be P115174A P-85599C


loaded backward onto the transport vehicle [Figure 167].
Use the following procedure to fasten the Bobcat loader
The rear of the trailer must be blocked or supported (Item
to the transport vehicle to prevent the loader from moving
1) [Figure 167] when loading or unloading the loader to
during sudden stops, or when going up or down slopes
prevent the front end of the trailer from raising up.
[Figure 168].

1. Lower the bucket or attachment to the floor.

2. Stop the engine.

3. Engage the parking brake.

4. Install chains at the front and rear loader tie-down


positions [Figure 168]. (Lift arms shown raised for
visual clarity.)

5. Fasten each end of the chain to the transport vehicle.

6. Use chain binders to tighten the chains.

128 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134


Maintenance Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Inspection Checkbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137


Inspecting The BICS™ (Engine STOPPED – Key ON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics System (Engine STOPPED – Key ON)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Inspecting The Seat Bar Sensor (Engine RUNNING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Inspecting The Traction Lock And Parking Brake (Engine RUNNING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Inspecting The Lift Arm Bypass Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Inspecting Deactivation Of Lift And Tilt Functions (ACS And SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140


Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Adjusting Switch Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Cab Door Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Raising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149


Opening And Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Adjusting Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

REAR GRILLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150


Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

129 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Air Conditioning Evaporator / Heater Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
Air Conditioning Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Air Conditioning Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153

ENGINE AIR CLEANER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154


Replacing Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154

FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156


Fuel Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Biodiesel Blend Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Filling The Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Fuel Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Removing Air From The Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161


Checking And Adding Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Engine Oil Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164


Maintenance Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Checking And Adding Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Removing And Replacing Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
Fuse And Relay Location / Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
Battery Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Removing And Installing Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176


Checking And Adding Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter (Cont’d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter (Cont’d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
Replacing Reservoir Breather Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184

SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185


Cleaning Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185

TYRE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186


Wheel Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
Rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186

130 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Checking And Adding Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Removing And Replacing Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188


Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

AIR CONDITIONING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189


Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191


Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

LUBRICATING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193


Lubrication Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

PIVOT PINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195


Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196


Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

BOB-TACH (POWER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197


Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198


Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Return To Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

131 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


132 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MAINTENANCE SAFETY
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and
WARNING signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals
when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after
adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0807

Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety is
involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.

CORRECT CORRECT CORRECT

P-90216 NA1204 NA1193


Never service the Bobcat Skid- Use the correct procedure to lift or Cleaning and maintenance are
Steer Loader without instructions. lower operator cab. required daily.

WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA1192 NA1205 NA1206


Have good ventilation when Disconnecting or loosening any Never work on loader with lift
welding or grinding painted hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, arms up unless lift arms are held
parts. component or a part failure can by an approved lift arm support
Wear dust mask when grinding cause lift arms to drop. Do not go device. Replace if damaged.
painted parts. Toxic dust and gas under lift arms when raised Never modify equipment or add
can be produced. unless supported by an attachments not approved by
Avoid exhaust fume leaks which approved lift arm support device. Bobcat Company.
can kill without warning. Exhaust Replace it if damaged.
system must be tightly sealed.
WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA1200 NA1191 B-6589


Stop, cool and clean engine of Keep body, jewelry and clothing Lead-acid batteries produce
flammable materials before away from moving parts, flammable and explosive gases.
checking fluids. electrical contact, hot parts and Keep arcs, sparks, flames and
Never service or adjust loader exhaust. lighted tobacco away from
with the engine running unless Wear eye protection to guard batteries.
instructed to do so in the from battery acid, compressed Batteries contain acid which
manual. springs, fluids under pressure burns eyes or skin on contact.
Avoid contact with leaking and flying debris when engines Wear protective clothing. If acid
hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel are running or tools are used. contacts body, flush well with
under pressure. It can penetrate Use eye protection approved for water. For eye contact flush well
the skin or eyes. type of welding. and get immediate medical
Never fill fuel tank with engine Keep rear door closed except for attention.
running, while smoking or when service. Close and latch door
near open flame. before operating the loader.
Maintenance procedures which are given in the Operation & Maintenance Manual can be performed by the owner/
operator without any specific technical training. Maintenance procedures which are not in the Operation & Maintenance
Manual must be performed ONLY BY QUALIFIED BOBCAT SERVICE PERSONNEL. Always use genuine Bobcat
replacement parts. The Service Safety Training Course is available from your Bobcat dealer.
MSW35-0409

133 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SERVICE SCHEDULE

Maintenance Intervals

Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals.


Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early
failures. WARNING
The service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance
of the Bobcat loader. AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Instructions are necessary before operating or
servicing machine. Read and understand the
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0807

Every 10 Hours (Before Starting The Loader)

• Engine Oil – Check level and add as needed. (See Page 161.)
• Engine Air Filters and Air System – Check display panel. Service only when required. Check for leaks and damaged
components. (See Page 154.)
• Engine Cooling System – Clean debris from hydraulic fluid cooler and radiator assembly, air conditioning condenser
(if equipped), and rear grille. Check coolant level COLD and add premixed coolant as needed. (See Page 164.) and
(See Page 167.)
• Fuel Filter – Remove the trapped water. (See Page 158.)
• Lift Arms, Lift Links, Cylinders, Bob-Tach, Pivot Pins, Wedges – Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease.
(See Page 193.)
• Seat Belt, Seat Belt Retractors, Seat Bar, Control Interlocks – Check the condition of seat belt. Clean or replace
seat belt retractors as needed. Check the seat bar and control interlocks for correct operation. Clean dirt and debris
from moving parts. (See Page 138.) and (See Page 140.)
• Bobcat Interlock Control Systems (BICS™) – Check for correct function. Lift and Tilt functions MUST NOT operate
with seat bar raised. (See Page 137.)
• Front Horn – Check for proper function. (See Page 57.)
• Tyres – Check for damaged tyres and correct air pressure. Inflate to MAXIMUM pressure shown on the sidewall of
the tyre. (See Page 186.)
• Operator Cab – Check the fastening bolts, washers, and nuts. Check the condition of the cab. (See Page 146.)
• Indicators and Lights – Check for correct operation of all indicators and lights. (See Page 46.)
• Wheel Nuts – Perform every 10 hours or daily for the first 30 hours, then as scheduled. Check for loose wheel nuts
and tighten to correct torque. (See Page 186.)
• Safety Signs and Safety Treads – Check for damaged signs (decals) and safety treads. Replace any signs or safety
treads that are damaged or worn. (See Page 26.) and (See Page 94.)
• Hydraulic Fluid – Check fluid level and add as needed. (See Page 176.)
• Heater and Air Conditioning Filters (if equipped) – Clean or replace filters as needed. (See Page 151.)

134 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SERVICE SCHEDULE (CONT’D)

Maintenance Intervals (Cont’d)

Every 50 Hours

• Hydraulic Hoses and Tubelines – Check for damage and leaks. Repair or replace as needed.
• Final Drive Transmission (Chaincase) – Check fluid level and add as needed. (See Page 187.)
• Parking Brake, Foot Pedals, Hand Controls and Steering Levers, or Joysticks – Check for correct operation.
Repair or adjust as needed.
• Wheel Nuts – Check for loose wheel nuts and tighten to correct torque. (See Page 186.)
• Engine / Hydrostatic Drive Belt – Perform at first 50 hours, then as scheduled. Check for wear or damage. Replace
as needed. (See Page 191.)
• Engine Oil and Filter – Perform at first 50 hours, then as scheduled. Replace oil and filter. (See Page 162.)

Every 100 Hours

• Spark Arrester – Empty spark chamber. (See Page 185.)


• Battery – Check cables, connections, and electrolyte level; add distilled water as needed. (See Page 172.)
• Engine Oil and Filter – Perform every 100 hours when operating under severe conditions. Replace oil and filter. (See
Page 162.)

Every 250 Hours or Every 12 Months

• Fuel Filters – Replace filter elements. (See Page 158.)


• Engine / Hydrostatic Drive Belt – Check for wear or damage. Replace as needed. (See Page 191.)
• Drive Belts (Alternator, air conditioning, water pump) – Check condition. Adjust or replace as needed. (See Page
188.) and (See Page 189.)
• Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) – Check the function of the lift arm bypass control. (See Page 137.)
• Engine Oil and Filter – Replace oil and filter. (See Page 162.)

Every 500 Hours or Every 12 Months

• Hydraulic Charge Filter, Hydraulic Reservoir Breather Cap – Replace the charge filter and the reservoir breather
cap. (See Page 181.) and (See Page 184.)
• Heater Coil and Air Conditioning Evaporator (if equipped) - Clean the heater coil and air conditioning evaporator.
Clean the plenum drains. (See Page 152.)

Every 1000 Hours or Every 12 Months

• Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter – Replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter. (See Page 180.)
• Hydraulic Reservoir – Replace the fluid. (See Page 177.)
• Final Drive Transmission (Chaincase) – Replace the fluid. (See Page 187.)
• Engine Valves – Adjust the engine valve clearance.

Every 24 Months

• Coolant – Replace the coolant. (See Page 168.)

NOTE: The Inspection Checkbook can be ordered for you by your local dealer. Part number 4420300.

135 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SERVICE SCHEDULE (CONT’D)

Inspection Checkbook

Regularly scheduled maintenance is essential to continuous operation and operating safety. The life expectancy of your
machine depends on proper and meticulous care.

The Inspection Checkbook contains the following information:

• Doosan Benelux S.A. Warranty Conditions

• Protection Plus Extended Warranty Conditions

• General Parts Policy

• General Information

• First Inspection

• Scheduled Services

• Identification

• Authorised Identification

• Lubricants and Fluids Table

• Service Parts Chart

Your local dealer can order the Inspection Checkbook. Part number: 4420300.

136 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.)

Inspecting The BICS™ (Engine STOPPED – Key ON) Inspecting The Traction Lock And Parking Brake
(Engine RUNNING)
Figure 169
6. Fasten seat belt, disengage parking brake, press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button, and raise
1 2 3 seat bar fully. Move steering levers or joystick(s)
slowly forward and backward. The TRACTION lock
must be engaged. Lower the seat bar. Press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.

7. Engage parking brake and move steering levers or


4 joystick(s) slowly forward and backward. The
TRACTION lock must be engaged. See your Bobcat
dealer for service if loader fails to stop.
5 NOTE: The PARKING BRAKE light on the left
instrument panel will remain ON until the
engine is started, the PRESS TO OPERATE
6
P-85413E
LOADER button is pressed, and the parking
brake is disengaged.

1. Sit in operator’s seat. Turn key switch to RUN. Lower Inspecting The Lift Arm Bypass Control
seat bar and disengage parking brake. Press the
8. Raise the lift arms 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. Stop
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 6). Two
engine. Turn lift arm bypass control knob 90°
BICS™ lights (Items 1 and 2) [Figure 169] [SEAT
clockwise. Pull up and hold lift arm bypass control
BAR and LIFT AND TILT VALVE] on left instrument
knob until lift arms slowly lower.
panel must be OFF. The PRESS TO OPERATE
LOADER button will light. Inspecting Deactivation Of Lift And Tilt Functions
(ACS And SJC)
2. Raise seat bar fully. All three BICS™ lights (Items 1,
2, and 3) [Figure 169] [SEAT BAR, LIFT AND TILT 9. Sit in operator’s seat and fasten seat belt. Lower seat
VALVE, and PARKING BRAKE] on left instrument bar, start engine, and press the PRESS TO
panel must be ON. The PRESS TO OPERATE OPERATE LOADER button.
LOADER button light will turn OFF.
10. Raise lift arms approximately 2 m (6 ft) off the ground.
Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics 11. Turn key switch to STOP and wait for the engine to
System (Engine STOPPED – Key ON) come to a complete stop.

3. Sit in operator’s seat, lower seat bar, and press the 12. Turn key switch to RUN. Press the PRESS TO
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 6). OPERATE LOADER button, move the control (foot
Press the Auxiliary Hydraulics button (Item 5). The pedal, hand control, or joystick) to lower the lift arms.
auxiliary hydraulics light will turn ON (Item 4) Lift arms must not lower.
[Figure 169]. Raise the seat bar. The light will turn
13. Move the control (foot pedal, hand control, or joystick)
OFF.
to tilt the bucket (or attachment) forward. The bucket
(or attachment) must not tilt forward.
Inspecting The Seat Bar Sensor (Engine RUNNING)

4. Sit in operator’s seat, lower seat bar, engage parking


brake, and fasten seat belt. WARNING
5. Start engine and operate at low idle. Press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button. While raising AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
the lift arms, raise the seat bar fully. The lift arms must The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) must
stop. Repeat using the tilt function. deactivate the lift, tilt and traction drive functions. If it
does not, contact your dealer for service. DO NOT
modify the system.
W-2151-1111

137 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Description

Figure 170 Models with Advanced Control System (ACS) have


mechanical interlocks for the handles and pedals. The
interlocks for the handles and pedals require the operator
to lower the seat bar in order to operate the selected
controls.

When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the


PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
the brake is released; the lift, tilt, and traction drive
1 functions can be operated.

When the seat bar is up, the handles and pedals are
locked when returned to the NEUTRAL position.

Models with Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) have


P-90674E
electrical deactivation of lift and tilt functions. Activation of
functions require the operator to lower the seat bar.

The seat bar restraint system has a pivoting seat bar with When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the
armrests (Item 1) [Figure 170]. PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
the brake is released; the lift, tilt, and traction drive
The operator controls the use of the seat bar. The seat functions can be operated.
bar in the down position helps to keep the operator in the
seat. When the seat bar is up, the lift and tilt functions are
deactivated even though the joysticks do not
Models with Standard Controls have hydraulic valve mechanically lock.
spool interlocks for the lift and tilt functions. The spool
interlocks require the operator to lower the seat bar in
order to operate the foot pedal controls.

When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the


PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
the brake is released; the lift, tilt, and traction drive
functions can be operated.

When the seat bar is up, the lift and tilt control pedals are
locked when returned to the NEUTRAL position.

138 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Inspection And Maintenance

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Figure 171
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.)
2
Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Engage the
parking brake. Pull the seat bar all the way down. Start
the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button.

Operate the hydraulic controls to check that the lift and tilt
functions operate correctly. Raise the lift arms until the 1
attachment is approximately 600 mm (2 ft) off the ground.

Raise the seat bar. Move the hydraulic controls. Pedals


and handles (if equipped) must be firmly locked in the P-90643B
P-85308A
NEUTRAL position (except joysticks). There must be no
motion of the lift arms or tilt (attachment) when the
controls are moved. Use compressed air to clean any debris or dirt from the
pivot parts. Do not lubricate. Inspect all mounting
Lower the seat bar, press the PRESS TO OPERATE hardware. The correct hinge nut (both sides) (Item 1)
LOADER button, and lower the lift arms. Operate the lift torque is 34 – 38 N•m (25 – 28 ft-lb). The seat bar sensor
control. While the lift arms are going up, raise the seat nut (left side only) (Item 2) [Figure 171] torque is 6 – 8
bar. The lift arms must stop. N•m (50 – 70 in-lb).

Lower the seat bar, press the PRESS TO OPERATE If the seat bar system does not function correctly, replace
LOADER button, lower the lift arms, and put the parts that are worn or damaged. Use only genuine
attachment flat on the ground. Stop the engine. Raise the Bobcat replacement parts.
seat bar. Operate the foot pedals and handles (if
equipped) to be sure they are firmly locked in the
NEUTRAL position (except joysticks).
WARNING
The seat bar system must deactivate the lift and tilt
control functions when the seat bar is up. See your
Bobcat dealer for service if hydraulic controls do not
deactivate.
W-2465-0111

139 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SEAT BELT

Inspection And Maintenance

Figure 172

WARNING 1

Failure to properly inspect and maintain the seat belt


can cause lack of operator restraint resulting in 3
serious injury or death.
W-2466-0703

Check the seat belt daily for correct function.

Inspect the seat belt system thoroughly at least once


each year, or more often if the machine is exposed to
severe environmental conditions or applications. 2 4

Any seat belt system that shows cuts, fraying, extreme or


unusual wear, significant discolourations due to
ultraviolet UV exposure, dusty / dirty conditions, abrasion
to the seat belt webbing, or damage to the buckle, latch
plate, retractor (if equipped), hardware, or any other
obvious problem should be replaced immediately.

The items below are referenced in [Figure 172].

1. Check the webbing. If the system is equipped with a 5


retractor, pull the webbing completely out and inspect
the full length of the webbing. Look for cuts, wear,
NA3113
fraying, dirt, and stiffness.

2. Check the buckle and latch for correct operation.


Make sure latch plate is not excessively worn or
deformed and buckle is not damaged or casing
broken.

3. Check the retractor web storage device (if equipped)


by extending webbing to determine if it looks correct,
and that it spools out and retracts webbing correctly.

4. Check webbing in areas exposed to ultraviolet (UV)


rays from the sun, or extreme dust or dirt. If the
original colour of the webbing in these areas is
extremely faded and / or the webbing is packed with
dirt, the webbing strength may have deteriorated.

5. Check the hardware on both sides of the seat.


Hardware should be tight. Hardware must not be
missing, rusted, corroded, or damaged.

See your Bobcat dealer for seat belt system replacement


parts for your machine.

140 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE

Description

WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.

Service lift arm support device if damaged or if parts


are missing. Using a damaged lift arm support or
with missing parts can cause lift arms to drop
causing injury or death.
W-2572-0407

Figure 173

P115184A

The lift arm support device (Item 1) [Figure 173] is used


to support the lift arms while working on a machine with
the lift arms up.

A decal (Item 2) [Figure 173] located on the right side of


the operator cab provides instructions for installing and
removing the lift arm support device.

The procedures are described in more detail on the


following pages. (See Installing on Page 142.) and (See
Removing on Page 143.)

141 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE (CONT’D)

Installing

Disconnect the spring (Item 3) from the lift arm support


device retaining pin (Item 2). Support the lift arm support
DANGER device (Item 1) [Figure 174] with your hand and remove
the retaining pin.

Figure 175

P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure P115185
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
Lower the lift arm support device to the top of the lift
unless supported by an approved lift arm
cylinder. Hook the free end of the spring (Item 1)
support. Replace if damaged.
[Figure 175] to the lift arm support device to prevent
D-1009-0409
interference with lift arm support device engagement.

Remove attachment from the loader. (See Installing And Sit in the operator’s seat, fasten the seat belt, and lower
Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) on the seat bar. Start the engine.
Page 109.) OR (See Installing And Removing The
Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) on Page 112.) Figure 176

WARNING
Before the cab or the lift arms are raised for service, 2
jackstands must be put under the rear corners of the
frame. Failure to use jackstands can allow the 1
machine to tip backward causing injury or death.
W-2014-0895

Figure 174

P109015A P109016A

1 3
2 Raise the lift arms until the lift arm support device drops
onto the lift cylinder rod (Item 1) [Figure 176].

Lower the lift arms slowly until the lift arm support device
is held between the lift arms and the lift cylinder.

P115143A P115142
Stop the engine, raise the seat bar, unbuckle the seat
belt, and make sure lift and tilt functions are deactivated.

Put jackstands under the rear corners of the loader frame Install the retaining pin (Item 2) [Figure 176] into the rear
(Inset) [Figure 174]. of the lift arm support device below the lift cylinder rod.

142 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE (CONT’D)

Removing

Figure 178

DANGER

P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure P115197

can cause lift arms to drop.


• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised Raise the lift arms a small amount. The spring will lift the
unless supported by an approved lift arm lift arm support device off the lift cylinder rod
support. Replace if damaged. [Figure 178]. Fully lower the lift arms.
D-1009-0409

Stop the engine, raise the seat bar, unbuckle the seat
Figure 177 belt, and make sure lift and tilt functions are deactivated.

Disconnect the spring from the bracket.

Figure 179

1
2
1

2
3
P115186

Remove the retaining pin (Item 3) [Figure 177] from the


lift arm support device.
P115142

Connect the spring (Item 1) from the lift arm support


device to the bracket (Item 2) [Figure 177] on the bottom Raise the lift arm support device into the storage position
of the lift arm. and insert the retaining pin (Item 1) through the lift arm
support device and the bracket. Hook the spring (Item 2)
Sit in the operator’s seat, fasten the seat belt, and lower [Figure 179] to the retaining pin.
the seat bar. Start the engine.
Remove the jackstands.

143 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM

This machine may be equipped with a Back-up Alarm.

Description

The back-up alarm will sound when the operator moves both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse position. Slight
movement of the controls into the reverse position is required with hydrostatic transmissions, before the back-up alarm will
sound.

Inspection

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service The back-up alarm is located on the inside of the rear
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.) door.

Figure 180 Figure 181

1 2
P-90644C P100042A

Inspect for damaged or missing back-up alarm decal Inspect the back-up alarm electrical connections (Item 1)
(Item 1) [Figure 180]. Replace if required. [Figure 181], wire harness (Item 2) [Figure 181], and
back-up alarm switches (if equipped) (Item 1)
Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Engage the [Figure 182] for tightness and damage. Repair or
parking brake. Pull the seat bar all the way down. Start replace any damaged components.
the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button. Disengage the parking brake. If the back-up alarm switches require adjustment, (See
Adjusting Switch Position on Page 145.)
Move both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse
position. The back-up alarm must sound when all wheels
or both tracks are moving in reverse.

144 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Adjusting Switch Position

NOTE: Joystick equipped machines do not have Figure 183


back-up alarm switches and cannot be
adjusted. See your Bobcat dealer for service if
your back-up alarm does not sound. 1

Standard Controls And ACS (If Equipped)

Stop the engine and raise the operator cab. (See Raising 2
on Page 147.)
3
Put the steering levers into the neutral position.

Figure 182

P-85723A

Loosen the screws (Item 3) [Figure 183] securing the


1 back-up alarm switch. (Left side shown)

Position the back-up alarm switch so that the roller (Item


1) just makes contact with the bellcrank (Item 2)
[Figure 183] without compressing the switch spring.

Torque the screws (Item 3) [Figure 183] securing the


switch to the bracket to 1,0 – 1,4 N•m (9 – 12 in-lb).
P115171
Repeat adjustment procedure for the other switch.

The back-up alarm switches (Item 1) [Figure 182] are Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 148.)
located alongside the steering bellcranks. Both switches
must be adjusted properly for the back-up alarm to Inspect back-up alarm system for proper function. (See
operate correctly. Inspection on Page 144.)

145 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATOR CAB

Description Cab Door Sensor

The Bobcat loader has an operator cab (ROPS and This machine may be equipped with a Cab Door Sensor.
FOPS) as standard equipment to protect the operator
from rollover and falling objects. The seat belt must be Figure 184
worn for rollover protection.

Check the cab, mounting, and hardware for damage.


Never modify the cab. Replace the cab and hardware if
damaged. See your Bobcat dealer for parts.

ROPS – Roll-Over Protective Structure per ISO 3471 and


FOPS – Falling-Object Protective Structure per ISO
3449, Level I. Level II is available.

Level I 1
Protection from falling bricks, small concrete blocks,
and hand tools encountered in operations, such as:
motorway maintenance, landscaping, and other P-68116B
construction sites.

Level II The cab door has a sensor (Item 1) [Figure 184]


installed that deactivates the lift and tilt valves when the
Protection from falling trees, rocks: for machines door is open.
involved in site clearing, overhead demolition, or
forestry. Figure 185

2
WARNING
Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding, 1
drilling holes or adding attachments unless
instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Changes to
the cab can cause loss of operator protection from
rollover and falling objects, and result in injury or
death.
NA3220
W-2069-0200

The LIFT AND TILT VALVE light (Item 1) [Figure 185] is


OFF when the door is closed, the key switch is turned to
RUN, the seat bar is lowered, and the PRESS TO
OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.

The LIFT AND TILT VALVE light (Item 1) [Figure 185] is


ON when the door is open, the key switch is turned to
RUN, the seat bar is lowered, and the PRESS TO
OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.

[DOOR] will appear in the data display (Item 2)


[Figure 185] when the door is open, the key switch is
turned to RUN, the seat bar is lowered, and the PRESS
TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.

146 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D)

Raising

Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the


operator cab.

Stop the loader on a level surface. Lower the lift arms. If


WARNING
the lift arms must be up while raising the operator cab,
install the lift arm support device. (See LIFT ARM UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT
SUPPORT DEVICE on Page 141.) MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB CONTACT WITH
CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH
• STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab.
WARNING W-2758-0908

NOTE: On some machines, the operator cab frame


Before the cab or the lift arms are raised for service, can contact the steering levers while raising
jackstands must be put under the rear corners of the or lowering the operator cab. The engine
frame. Failure to use jackstands can allow the MUST be stopped before raising or lowering
machine to tip backward causing injury or death. the operator cab.
W-2014-0895

Figure 188
Figure 186

P115143
P115212A

Install jackstands under the rear of the loader frame


[Figure 186]. Lift on the grab handles and bottom of the operator cab
[Figure 188] slowly until the operator cab is all the way
Figure 187 up and the latching mechanism engages.

Hardware Installed Hardware Removed

P100235A P100236A

Remove the nuts and washers [Figure 187] (both sides)


at the front corners of the operator cab.

147 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D)

Lowering

Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the Support the operator cab and release the latching
operator cab. mechanism (Inset) [Figure 189]. Remove your hand
from the latch mechanism when the operator cab is past
NOTE: Always use the grab handles to lower the the latch stop. Use both hands to lower the operator cab
operator cab. all the way down.

Figure 189

WARNING
PINCH POINT CAN CAUSE INJURY
Remove your hand from the latching mechanism
when the cab is past the latch stop.
W-2469-0803

Figure 190

Hardware Removed Hardware Installed

P100953 P115212B

Pull down on the bottom of the operator cab until stopped


by the latching mechanism [Figure 189].

NOTE: The weight of the operator cab increases


when equipped with options and accessories,
such as: cab door, heater, and air
conditioning. In these cases, the operator cab
may need to be raised slightly from the latch
to be able to release the latch.
P100236A P100235A

WARNING Install the washers and nuts (both sides) [Figure 190].

Tighten the nuts to 54 – 61 N•m (40 – 45 ft-lb) torque.


UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT
MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB CONTACT WITH Remove the jackstands.
CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH
• STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab.
W-2758-0908

NOTE: On some machines, the operator cab frame


can contact the steering levers while raising
or lowering the operator cab. The engine
MUST be stopped before raising or lowering
the operator cab.

148 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


REAR DOOR (TAILGATE)

Opening And Closing Adjusting Latch

Figure 191 Figure 193

P109172 P-85698B

Reach into the slot on the right side of the rear door and The door latch striker (Item 1) [Figure 193] can be
pull the latch handle (Item 1) [Figure 191]. Pull the rear adjusted up or down for alignment with the door latch.
door open.
Close the rear door before operating the loader.
The rear door is equipped with a door stop feature on the
top hinge.

Figure 192

1 2

P-85446 P-85447

Move the door stop into the engaged position (Item 1) to


hold the door open. Move the door stop up (Item 2)
[Figure 192] to allow the door to close.

WARNING
Keep the rear door closed when operating the
machine. Failure to do so could seriously injure a
bystander.
W-2020-1285

Close the rear door.

149 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


REAR GRILLE

Removing Installing

Stop the engine and open the rear door. Figure 195

Figure 194

P115437

P115347C
The front edge of the rear grille has two tabs that fit into
slots in the loader frame (Item 1) [Figure 195]. Insert the
Lift and pull the rear grille backward to remove from the tabs into the slots and lower the rear grille.
loader [Figure 194].
Close the rear door.

150 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) SYSTEM

This machine may be equipped with a cab heater or HVAC system.

Filters

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.)

Fresh Air Filters Recirculation Filter

Figure 196 Figure 197

2
3
1

P-90489A P-90492A P100755

The fresh air filters are located behind the side windows The recirculation filter is located behind the operator’s
outside the operator cab. (Right side shown) Remove the seat inside the operator cab. The filter cover is held in
retaining screw (Item 3) and the filter cover (Item 2) position with three clips. Pull the cover at each end (Item
[Figure 196]. (Lift arms shown raised for visual clarity.) 1) [Figure 197] to remove.

NOTE: Loosen the upper filter cover bolt (Item 1) Rinse the filter with water or use a vacuum cleaner to
[Figure 196] to allow removal and installation clean. Do not use solvents.
of the cover if equipped with the
High-Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filter Line up the clips on the filter cover with the slots provided
kit. and push the cover into position.

Shake the filter (Item 4) [Figure 196] or use low pressure


air to remove dirt. This procedure can be done several
times before replacement is required. Install the filter, the
filter cover, and the retaining screw.

151 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Air Conditioning Evaporator / Heater Coil

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Figure 200
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.)

Stop the engine and raise the operator cab. (See Raising
on Page 147.)
1
Figure 198

2 2
P109544

Clean the plenum drains (Item 1) [Figure 200] to ensure


they are not plugged by debris.

Inspect the cover seal (Item 2) [Figure 200] for breaks


P100756
and tears. Ensure the seal is firmly attached all around
the cover. See your Bobcat dealer for a replacement seal.
Unhook the cover latches (Item 2) and remove the cover
(Item 1) [Figure 198]. Figure 201

Figure 199

2
1

2 1

P109411

P100757
NOTE: The bosses (Item 1) fit inside the core
supports (Item 2) [Figure 201] when the cover
Use low pressure air or water to remove debris from the is installed. Deformity of the cover indicates
heater coil (Item 1) and evaporator (Item 2) [Figure 199]. they are out of position.

152 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Air Conditioning Evaporator / Heater Coil (Cont’d)

NOTE: Improper cover installation can damage the Figure 204


seal, which may lead to HVAC component
failure. Perform the following steps in the
order given to prevent cover seal damage.

Figure 202

1
1

P100756

3. Fasten the two remaining latches (Item 1)


[Figure 204].
P109546
NOTE: Perform a thorough visual check to ensure
that the cover and the cover seal are not
1. Hold the cover in place and fasten two latches (Item deformed. The cover should seal tightly all
1) [Figure 202]. around without any gaps.

Figure 203 Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 148.)

Air Conditioning Condenser

The condenser should be cleaned with the hydraulic fluid


1 2 3 cooler and radiator assembly. (See Cleaning on Page
164.)

Air Conditioning Lubrication

Operate the air conditioning for approximately 5 minutes


P109543A P109545
every week to lubricate the internal components.

2. Push the cover up in three places (Items 1, 2, and 3)


until the slots snap into place on the tabs. This slot Troubleshooting
(Inset) [Figure 203] is correctly fastened.
If the fan does not operate or the air conditioning does
not turn on, check the fuse. (See Fuse And Relay
Location / Identification on Page 169.) The refrigerant
may need to be recharged if the air conditioning system
circulates warm air.

153 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ENGINE AIR CLEANER

Replacing Filters

Figure 205 Figure 207

2 1

NA3178

Replace the air filters only when necessary. The service


P115203
indicator (Item 1) will FLASH. Press the Information
button (Item 3) until the display screen shows the service
codes. Service code [M0117] (Air Filter Plugged) will Remove the outer filter (Item 1) [Figure 207] and
show in the display screen (Item 2) [Figure 205] when air discard.
filter replacement is necessary.
NOTE: Make sure the filter housing is free of dirt and
Replace the inner filter every second time the outer filter debris. Verify that sealing surfaces are clean.
is replaced or as indicated. DO NOT use compressed air.

Outer Filter Install new outer filter. Push in until the filter contacts the
base of the housing.
Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 150.) Install the cover and secure three latches [Figure 206].

Figure 206 Install the rear grille and close the rear door.

1 2

P115201

Open three latches (Item 1) and move the cover (Item 2)


[Figure 206] out of the way. (One latch is not visible in
the photo.)

154 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ENGINE AIR CLEANER (CONT’D)

Replacing Filters (Cont’d)

Inner Filter

Replace the inner filter only under the following Figure 209
conditions:

• Replace the inner filter every second time the outer


filter is replaced.

• After the outer filter has been replaced, start the


engine and operate at full rpm. If service code 1
[M0117] (Air Filter Plugged) is still displayed in the 2
data display, replace the inner filter.

Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 150.)

Remove the cover [Figure 206] and the outer filter


[Figure 207]. P115201

Figure 208
Install the cover (Item 2) and secure three latches (Item
1) [Figure 209]. (One latch is not visible in the photo.)

Install the rear grille and close the rear door.

P115202

Remove the inner filter (Item 1) [Figure 208].

NOTE: Make sure the filter housing is free of dirt and


debris. Verify that sealing surfaces are clean.
DO NOT use compressed air.

Install new inner filter. Push in until the filter contacts the
base of the housing.

Install the outer filter [Figure 207].

155 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


FUEL SYSTEM

Fuel Specifications Biodiesel Blend Fuel

Low sulfur diesel fuel or ultra low sulfur diesel fuel must Biodiesel blend fuel has unique qualities that should be
be used in this machine. Low sulfur is defined as 500 mg/ considered before using in this machine:
kg (500 ppm) sulfur maximum. Ultra low sulfur is defined
as 15 mg/kg (15 ppm) sulfur maximum. • Cold weather conditions can lead to plugged fuel
system components and hard starting.
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel, Grade Number
2-D or Grade Number 1-D. • Biodiesel blend fuel is an excellent medium for
microbial growth and contamination that can cause
The following is one suggested blending guideline that corrosion and plugging of fuel system components.
should prevent fuel gelling during cold temperatures:
• Use of biodiesel blend fuel may result in premature
TEMPERATURE GRADE 2-D GRADE 1-D failure of fuel system components, such as: plugged
fuel filters and deteriorated fuel lines.
Above -9°C (+15°F) 100% 0%
Down to -21°C (-5°F) 50% 50% • Shorter maintenance intervals may be required, such
as: cleaning the fuel system and replacing fuel filters
Below -21°C (-5°F) 0% 100%
and fuel lines.

NOTE: Contact your local fuel supplier to receive • Using biodiesel blended fuels containing more than
specific recommendations for your region. five percent biodiesel can affect engine life and cause
deterioration of hoses, tubelines, injectors, injector
NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel may also be used in this pump, and seals.
machine. Biodiesel blend fuel must contain
no more than five percent biodiesel mixed Apply the following guidelines if biodiesel blend fuel is
with low sulfur or ultra low sulfur petroleum used:
based diesel. This biodiesel blend fuel is
commonly marketed as B5 blended diesel • Ensure the fuel tank is as full as possible at all times
fuel. B5 blended diesel fuel must meet ASTM to prevent moisture from collecting in the fuel tank.
D975 (US Standard) or EN590 (EU Standard)
specifications. • Ensure that the fuel tank cap is securely tightened.

• Biodiesel blend fuel can damage painted surfaces,


remove all spilled fuel from painted surfaces
immediately.

• Drain all water from the fuel filter daily before


operating the machine.

• Do not exceed engine oil change interval. Extended


oil change intervals can cause engine damage.

• Before machine storage; drain the fuel tank, refill with


100% petroleum diesel fuel, add fuel stabiliser, and
operate the engine for at least 30 minutes.

NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel does not have long term


stability and should not be stored for more
than 3 months.

156 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Filling The Fuel Tank

Figure 211

WARNING WRONG

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


Stop and cool the engine before adding fuel. NO
SMOKING! Failure to obey warnings can cause an
explosion or fire.
W-2063-0807

Stop the engine and open the rear door.

Figure 210

NA1202

Use a clean, approved safety container to add fuel of the


1 correct specification. Add fuel only in an area that has
free movement of air and no open flames or sparks. NO
SMOKING [Figure 211].

Install and tighten the fuel fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 210].

NOTE: The fuel fill cap must be tightened until the


cap clicks.

Close the rear door.


P115436

Remove the fuel fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 210].


WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

157 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Fuel Filters

Removing Water Replacing Spin-on Filter

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.) interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.)

Stop the engine and open the rear door. Stop the engine and open the rear door.

Figure 212 Remove the fuel filter (Item 2) [Figure 212].

Clean the area around the filter base. Put clean oil on the
seal of the new filter. Install the filter and hand tighten.

Remove air from the fuel system. (See Removing Air


From The Fuel System on Page 160.)

2
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
1 Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
P115198
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
Loosen the drain (Item 1) [Figure 212] at the bottom of W-2103-0508
the filter to remove trapped water from the filter.
Close the rear door.
Securely tighten the drain.
Start the engine and allow to operate for one minute.

WARNING
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
explosion or fire. death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
W-2103-0508 Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
Close the rear door. enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909

Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.

158 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Fuel Filters (Cont’d)

This machine may be equipped with an in-line fuel filter.

Replacing In-line Filter

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Remove air from the fuel system. (See Removing Air
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.) From The Fuel System on Page 160.)

Stop the engine and open the rear door.

Figure 213 WARNING


AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
1
Close the rear door.

3 Start the engine and allow to operate for one minute.


2

P115330A

WARNING
Loosen the drive belt shield bolt (Item 3) [Figure 213].
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
NOTE: Pinch off the upper and lower hoses to
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
prevent spilled fuel while the hoses are
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
disconnected from the filter.
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
Remove the upper and lower hose clamps (Item 1)
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
[Figure 213] and remove the hoses from the filter.
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
(Lower clamp not visible in the photo.)
from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909
Remove the in-line fuel filter from the filter clamp (Item 2)
[Figure 213].
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.
Install new filter into clamp (Item 2) and tighten drive belt
shield bolt (Item 3). Install hoses and hose clamps (Item
1) [Figure 213] onto the filter. Remove tools used to
pinch off the upper and lower hoses.

159 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing Air From The Fuel System

After replacing the filters or if the fuel tank has run out of Figure 215
fuel, the air must be removed from the fuel system before
starting the engine.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. 1
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
P115200
from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909
Squeeze the hand pump (priming bulb) (Item 1)
Figure 214 [Figure 215] until fuel flows from the vent with no air
bubbles.

Close the vent (Item 1) [Figure 214].

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
P115199

Open the air vent plug (Item 1) [Figure 214] on the fuel
filter base.

160 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Checking And Adding Engine Oil Engine Oil Chart

Check the engine oil level every day before starting the Figure 217
engine for the work shift. ENGINE OIL
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER
Figure 216 (LUBRICATION OILS FOR DIESEL ENGINE
CRANKCASE)

2
TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED BEFORE
NEXT OIL CHANGE (DIESEL ENGINES MUST USE
API CLASSIFICATION CI-4 OR BETTER)
[1] Bobcat Synthetic Oil – 5W-40
P115187

Bobcat engine oils are recommended for use in this


Park the loader on a level surface. Stop the engine. Open machine. If Bobcat engine oil is not available, use a good
the rear door and remove the dipstick (Item 2) quality engine oil that meets API Service Classification of
[Figure 216]. CI-4 or better [Figure 217].

Keep the oil level between the marks on the dipstick. Do


not overfill.

Remove the oil fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 216] to add


engine oil.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

Close the rear door.

161 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Figure 219
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.)

Operate the engine until coolant reaches normal


operating temperature. Stop the engine.

Figure 218

2 P115190

The oil drain hose (Item 1) [Figure 219] storage location


is near the fuel tank fill. Route the oil drain hose through
the opening.
P115177A P115189
Figure 220

The oil drain hose is located behind a cover (Item 1)


under the rear of the loader (Inset) [Figure 218].

Loosen one cover mounting bolt and remove the other


bolt (Item 2) [Figure 218] to allow the cover to swing
open.

Open the rear door.

P115188

Remove the oil drain cap (Item 1) [Figure 220] from the
oil drain hose and drain the oil into a container. Recycle
or dispose of used oil in an environmentally safe manner.

Install and tighten the oil drain cap [Figure 220].

Return the oil drain hose to the storage location


[Figure 219].

Close the cover and install the cover mounting bolt


[Figure 218]. Tighten both bolts.

162 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter (Cont’d)

Figure 221 Remove the dipstick (Item 2) [Figure 221] and check the
oil level.

Add oil as needed if oil level is not at the top mark on the
1 dipstick. Install the dipstick and close the rear door.

WARNING
2
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
3
explosion or fire.
P115187 W-2103-0508

Remove the oil filter (Item 3) [Figure 221] and clean the
filter base.

Put clean oil on the new filter gasket, install the new filter,
and hand tighten. Use genuine Bobcat filter only.

Remove the oil fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 221].

Put oil into the engine and replace the oil fill cap. (See
Capacities on Page 221.) Do not overfill.

Start the engine and allow to operate for several minutes.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909

Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.

163 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Check the cooling system every day to prevent overheating, loss of performance, or engine damage.

Maintenance Platform Cleaning

Figure 222 See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.)

Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 150.)

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the following conditions exist:
• When fluids are under pressure.
• Flying debris or loose material is present.
P107266
• Engine is running.
• Tools are being used.
A maintenance platform [Figure 222] is available from W-2019-0907
your Bobcat dealer to facilitate access when cleaning the
engine cooling system.

164 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Cleaning (Cont’d)

Loaders With Air Conditioning

Figure 223 Return the support bar to storage position and lower the
air conditioning condenser.

Figure 225
1

1
P115192

Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of


P115363
the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) [Figure 223].

Unhook the two rubber straps (Item 2) [Figure 223]. Ensure the air conditioning condenser is installed into the
two slotted brackets (Item 2) [Figure 225]. (Right side
NOTE: The air conditioning condenser fits into two shown.)
slotted brackets mounted on the hydraulic
fluid cooler and radiator assembly. Ensure the Ensure the clips (Item 1) are properly installed over the
air conditioning condenser remains two slotted brackets (Item 2) [Figure 225]. (Right side
connected to the brackets when raising and shown.)
lowering.
Fasten the two rubber straps [Figure 223].
Figure 224
NOTE: The air conditioning condenser can be lifted
out of the two slotted brackets by removing
the clips. This allows greater access to clean
1 the hydraulic fluid cooler and radiator
assembly.

NOTE: Be careful when removing and installing the


air conditioning condenser so that the air
conditioning condenser does not fall on the
3 2 hydraulic fluid cooler and radiator assembly
and damage the fins.

Skip ahead to All Loaders. (See All Loaders on Page


166.)
P115191

Pivot the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) up and


rotate the support bar (Item 2) into position. Use low air
pressure or water pressure to clean the top of the
hydraulic fluid cooler and radiator assembly (Item 3)
[Figure 224].

165 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Cleaning (Cont’d)

Loaders Without Air Conditioning All Loaders

Figure 226 Check the cooling system for leaks.

Install the rear grille and close the rear door.

P109571

Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of


the hydraulic fluid cooler and radiator assembly (Item 1)
[Figure 226].

166 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Checking And Adding Coolant

Check the engine coolant level every day before starting


the engine for the work shift.

Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear
IMPORTANT
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 150.)
AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
Figure 227 Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze.

Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system


1 efficiency and may cause serious premature engine
damage.

Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which


protect the internal engine components; reduces the
boiling point and freeze protection of the system.

Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength


concentrated coolant can cause serious premature
engine damage.
2
I-2124-0497

P115149A Add premixed coolant, 47% water and 53% propylene


glycol to the coolant tank until the coolant level reaches
the upper level marker on the tank [Figure 227].
Coolant must be between the top and bottom level
markers (Item 2) [Figure 227] when the engine is cold. Install the coolant fill cap [Figure 227].

NOTE: The loader is factory filled with propylene NOTE: The coolant fill cap must be tightened until the
glycol coolant (purple colour). DO NOT mix cap clicks.
propylene glycol with ethylene glycol.
Install the rear grille and close the rear door.
Use a refractometer to check the condition of propylene
glycol in your cooling system.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY
Stop the engine and allow to cool before adding
coolant or you can be burned.
W-2106-0907

Remove the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 227] to add


coolant.

The correct mixture of coolant to provide a -37°C (-34°F)


freeze protection is 5 L propylene glycol mixed with 4,4 L
of water OR 1 U.S. gal propylene glycol mixed with 3.5 qt
of water.

167 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Coolant

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Close the petcock and remove the hose.
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.)
Recycle or dispose of used coolant in an environmentally
Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear safe manner.
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 150.)
Mix new coolant in a separate container. (See Capacities
on Page 221.)

WARNING The correct mixture of coolant to provide a -37°C (-34°F)


freeze protection is 5 L propylene glycol mixed with 4,4 L
of water OR 1 U.S. gal propylene glycol mixed with 3.5 qt
AVOID INJURY of water.
Do not remove engine coolant cap when the engine
is hot. You can be seriously burned.
W-2607-0804

Figure 228 IMPORTANT


AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
1 Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze.

Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system


efficiency and may cause serious premature engine
damage.

Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which


protect the internal engine components; reduces the
boiling point and freeze protection of the system.
2
Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength
concentrated coolant can cause serious premature
engine damage.
P115149A
I-2124-0497

Remove the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 228]. Add premixed coolant, 47% water and 53% propylene
glycol to the coolant tank until the coolant level reaches
Figure 229 the lower level marker on the tank (Item 2) [Figure 228].

Install the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 228].

NOTE: The coolant fill cap must be tightened until the


cap clicks.

Install the rear grille and close the rear door.

1 Operate the engine until coolant reaches normal


operating temperature. Stop the engine.

Check the coolant level when cool. Add coolant as


needed. (See Checking And Adding Coolant on Page
167.)
P115187

Attach a hose to the coolant drain petcock (Item 1)


[Figure 229] located below the oil fill cap. Open the
petcock and drain the coolant into a container.

168 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Description Figure 232

Figure 230
1

P100958A

P115196B

P115194
Line up the clips on the back of the fuse panel cover with
the slots (Item 1) [Figure 232] in the fuse panel and push
The loader has a 12 volt, negative earth, alternator the cover into position when finished.
charging system.
A table is provided with details on amperage ratings and
The electrical system is protected by fuses inside a panel the circuits affected by each fuse and relay. (See
and a 100 ampere master fuse (Inset) [Figure 230] Figure 234 on Page 170.) or (See Figure 235 on Page
located above the battery in the engine compartment. 171.)

The fuses will protect the electrical system when there is Figure 233
an electrical overload. The reason for the overload must
be found before starting the engine again.
1
Fuse And Relay Location / Identification

Figure 231

P115691A

P115690

1
(Later Models) - Two relays (Item 1) [Figure 233] for the
loader lights are located under the operator cab on the
left side of the loader. Stop the engine and raise the
operator cab to access the relays. (See Raising on Page
P115195
147.)

The electrical system is protected from overload by fuses


located under the fuse panel cover (Item 1) [Figure 231].
Remove the fuse panel cover by pulling at each end.

A decal located inside the fuse panel cover indicates fuse


and relay location and fuse amperage ratings.

169 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Fuse And Relay Location / Identification (Cont’d)

Figure 234

1 9
25 28 31 35
2 10 17 20

3 11
32 36
4 12 18 21 26 29
23 24
5 13
33 37
6 14
7 15 19 22 27 30
34 38
8 16
NA3240

The table below is for earlier models with relays in positions 25 and 28. Fuse location and amperage ratings are
shown in the table below and on the decal [Figure 234]. Relays are identified by the letter “R” in the AMP column.

ITEM ICON DESCRIPTION AMP ITEM ICON DESCRIPTION AMP ITEM ICON DESCRIPTION AMP

Auxiliary
1 Not Used -- 14 25 27 Heater / HVAC R
Controller

2 Not Used -- 15 Bucket Position 15 28 Front Lights R

Cab Accessories
3 25 16 Bobcat Controller 25 29 Rear Lights R
Power Port

4 Alternator 15 17 Starter R 30 Switched Power R

Accessories and Cab Switched


5 25 18 Not Used -- 31 25
Front Horn Power

6 Not Used -- 19 Traction R 32 Switched Power 25

7 Not Used -- 20 Not Used -- 33 Wiper / Washer 25

Switched Power
8 Fuel Shutoff 30 21 Not Used -- 34 25
Back-up Alarm

9 Attachments 25 22 Glow Plugs R 35 Heater / HVAC 25

Drive Controller
10 25 23 Not Used -- 36 Traction 30
Back-up Alarm

11 Not Used -- 24 Not Used -- 37 Front Lights 30

12 ACS Controller 25 25 Front Lights R 38 Rear Lights 15

Cab Switched
13 5 26 Fuel Shutoff R
Power

170 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Fuse And Relay Location / Identification (Cont’d)

Figure 235

1 9
25 28 31 35
2 10 17 20

3 11
32 36
4 12 18 21 26 29
23 24
5 13
33 37
6 14
7 15 19 22 27 30
34 38
8 16
NA3284

The table below is for later models without relays in positions 25 and 28. Fuse location and amperage ratings are
shown in the table below and on the decal [Figure 235]. Relays are identified by the letter “R” in the AMP column.

ITEM ICON DESCRIPTION AMP ITEM ICON DESCRIPTION AMP ITEM ICON DESCRIPTION AMP

Auxiliary
1 Not Used -- 14 25 27 Heater / HVAC R
Controller

2 Not Used -- 15 Bucket Position 15 28 Not Used --

Cab Accessories
3 25 16 Bobcat Controller 25 29 Rear Lights R
Power Port

4 Alternator 15 17 Starter R 30 Switched Power R

Accessories and Cab Switched


5 25 18 Not Used -- 31 25
Front Horn Power

6 Not Used -- 19 Traction R 32 Switched Power 25

7 Not Used -- 20 Not Used -- 33 Wiper / Washer 25

Switched Power
8 Fuel Shutoff 30 21 Not Used -- 34 25
Back-up Alarm

9 Attachments 25 22 Glow Plugs R 35 Heater / HVAC 25

Drive Controller
10 25 23 Not Used -- 36 Traction 30
Back-up Alarm

11 Not Used -- 24 Not Used -- 37 Front Lights 30

12 ACS Controller 25 25 Not Used -- 38 Rear Lights 15

Cab Switched
13 5 26 Fuel Shutoff R
Power

171 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Battery Maintenance

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service


interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.)

Figure 236

P100959 P100960

The battery cables must be clean [Figure 236] and tight.

Remove acid or corrosion from battery and cables with


sodium bicarbonate (baking soda) and water solution.

Put Bobcat Battery Saver or grease on the battery


terminals and cable ends to prevent corrosion.

Check electrolyte level in the battery. Add distilled water


as needed.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.

In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.


In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15
minutes.

If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities


of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention.
W-2065-0807

172 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting)

If the engine will not start without using a booster battery, Connect the end of the second cable (Item 3) to the
BE CAREFUL! There must be one person in the negative (-) terminal of the booster battery. Connect the
operator’s seat and one person to connect and other end of the same cable (Item 4) [Figure 237] to the
disconnect the battery cables. engine.

The key switch must be in the STOP position. The Keep cables away from moving parts. Start the engine.
booster battery must be 12 volt. (See STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 98.)

After the engine has started, remove the negative (-)


cable (Item 4) first. Remove the cable from the positive
WARNING (+) terminal (Item 2) [Figure 237].

Remove the cables from the booster battery.


BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH Close the rear door.
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at machine frame.

Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged


IMPORTANT
battery. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F) before
connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before Damage to the alternator can occur if:
connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never • Engine is operated with battery cables
lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging. disconnected.
W-2066-0910 • Battery cables are connected when using a fast
charger or when welding on the loader. (Remove
both cables from the battery.)
Open the rear door. • Extra battery cables (booster cables) are
connected wrong.
Figure 237 I-2023-1285

3 1

P115435

Connect the end of the first cable (Item 1) to the positive


(+) terminal of the booster battery. Connect the other end
of the same cable (Item 2) [Figure 237] to the positive
(+) terminal on the engine starter.

173 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Installing Battery

Removing

Figure 239

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH 2
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.

In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.


In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15
minutes. 1

If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities


P115331
of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention.
W-2065-0807 Disconnect the negative (-) cable (Item 1) [Figure 239].

Stop the engine and open the rear door. Disconnect the positive (+) cable (Item 2) [Figure 239].

When installing the battery into the loader, do not touch Figure 240
any metal parts with the battery terminals.

Figure 238

P115414

Slightly raise the battery wrap to gain access to the


P115333
battery clamp.

Open the top flap of the battery wrap to gain access to Remove the nut (Item 1) and the battery clamp (item 2)
the battery terminals [Figure 238]. [Figure 240].

Remove the battery from the loader.

If installing a different battery – Remove the battery


wrap from the battery.

174 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Installing Battery (Cont’d)

Installing

Figure 242

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on 2
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.

In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.


In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention 1
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15
minutes.

If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities


P115414
of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention.
W-2065-0807 Install the battery clamp (item 2) and the nut (Item 1)
[Figure 242].
Figure 241
Lower the battery wrap over the battery clamps.

Figure 243

P100959 P100960 1

Always clean the battery terminals and cable ends when P115331
installing a new or used battery [Figure 241].

Install the battery wrap onto the battery. Connect and tighten the positive (+) cable (Item 2).
Connect and tighten the negative (-) cable (Item 1)
When installing the battery into the loader, do not touch [Figure 243] last to prevent sparks.
any metal parts with the battery terminals.
Put Bobcat Battery Saver or grease on the battery
Install the battery into the loader. terminals and cable ends to prevent corrosion.

Slightly raise the battery wrap to allow the battery to lock Close and securely fasten the top flap of the battery wrap
into the battery clamps. [Figure 238].

Close the rear door.

175 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM

Checking And Adding Fluid Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Chart

Check the hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid level every day Figure 245
before starting the work shift. HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FLUID
RECOMMENDED ISO VISCOSITY GRADE (VG) AND
Park the loader on a level surface, lower the lift arms, and VISCOSITY INDEX (VI)
put the attachment flat on the ground or tilt the Bob-Tach
fully back if no attachment is installed.

Stop the engine.

Open the rear door and remove the rear grille. (See
REAR GRILLE on Page 150.)

Figure 244

TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED DURING


MACHINE USE
[1] BOBCAT All-Season Fluid
[2] BOBCAT Synthetic Fluid
1
[3] BOBCAT Biodegradable Hydraulic / Hydrostatic
Fluid (Unlike biodegradable fluids that are vegetable
based, Bobcat biodegradable fluid is formulated to
2 prevent oxidation and thermal breakdown at
operating temperatures.)
[4] VG 100; Minimum VI 130
[5] VG 46; Minimum VI 150

Bobcat hydraulic fluids are recommended for use in this


P115151A P115150 machine. If Bobcat hydraulic fluid is not available, use a
good quality hydraulic fluid meeting the viscosity grade
and viscosity index shown in the chart [Figure 245].
Check the fluid level in the sight gauge (Item 2). Keep the
fluid level within the operating range (Inset) [Figure 244].

Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 244].


WARNING
Add fluid as needed to bring the level within the operating
range in the sight gauge. AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
Install the fill cap, install the rear grille, and close the rear sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
door. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

176 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Figure 247
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.)

Replace the fluid if contaminated or after major repair.

Always replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter and the


hydraulic charge filter whenever the hydraulic fluid is
replaced. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic /
Hydrostatic Filter on Page 180.) and (See Removing And 1
Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter on Page 181.)

Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 150.)

Figure 246
P115152

Remove the right side access cover bolts (Item 1)


[Figure 247] and remove the access cover.

P115150

Remove the hydraulic fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 246].

177 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid (Cont’d)

Earlier Models Later Models

Figure 248 Figure 249

2 1

P115422 P115425

Remove the clamp (Item 1). Pinch off the hose (Item 2) Remove the left side access cover bolts (Item 1)
[Figure 248] near the fitting and disconnect hose from [Figure 249] and remove the access cover.
the fitting.
Figure 250
Skip ahead to All Models. (See All Models on Page 179.)

P115694

Remove the clamp (Item 1). Pinch off the hose (Item 2)
[Figure 250] near the fitting and disconnect hose from
the fitting.

Skip ahead to All Models. (See All Models on Page 179.)

178 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid (Cont’d)

All Models

Route the hose out the right side of the loader and drain Install hydraulic fill screen and add the correct fluid to the
the fluid into a container. reservoir until the fluid level is within the operating range
of the sight gauge. (See Capacities on Page 221.) and
Connect the hose to the fitting when the fluid stops (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 176.)
draining. Install the clamp.
Install the hydraulic fill cap [Figure 246].
Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally
safe manner. Install the rear grille and close the rear door.

Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic


controls.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
WARNING
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
explosion or fire. Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
W-2103-0508 penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Install the side access covers and bolts [Figure 247] and Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
[Figure 249]. not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
Figure 251 from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909

Stop the engine and check for leaks.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.


(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 176.)

P115214

Remove and clean the hydraulic fill screen (Item 1)


[Figure 251]. Use low air pressure to dry the screen.

179 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Install new filter cap O-rings and lubricate with clean oil.
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.)
NOTE: The filter cap O-rings are not the same size.
Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear Take care to install each O-ring in the correct
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 150.) location.

Clean the top of the filter housing. Install the filter cap and rotate clockwise to engage the
bolts [Figure 252]. Alternate tightening the bolts to draw
Figure 252 the cap down evenly. Tighten the bolts to 27 – 41 N•m (20
– 30 ft-lb) torque.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
2 W-2103-0508

P109640
Install the rear grille and close the rear door.

Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic


Loosen the bolts (Item 1) and rotate the filter cap (Item 2) controls.
[Figure 252] anticlockwise until the cap clears the bolts.

Slowly pry the filter cap off the housing by hand.

Figure 253
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
1 Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
2 Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909

3 Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.


P109072A P109073B (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 176.)

Remove the filter (Item 2) [Figure 253] and discard.

Lubricate the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 253] on new filter


with clean oil.

Install new filter ensuring that filter is fully seated in the


housing.

Remove the filter cap O-rings (Item 3) [Figure 253] and


discard.

180 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service


interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.)

NOTE: Identification of the hydraulic charge filter


used on your machine is necessary to
perform the correct replacement procedure.

Figure 254

Earlier Model Later Model

P109622B P115441A

Earlier models use a separate filter housing and filter


element. Later models use a spin-on filter [Figure 254].
(See Earlier Models on Page 182.) or (See Later Models
on Page 183.)

181 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter (Cont’d)

Earlier Models

Stop the engine and raise the operator cab. (See Raising Figure 257
on Page 147.)

Figure 255

3
2

P115350

Remove the filter (Item 1) [Figure 257] and discard.


P115345

Clean the surface of the filter housing and the filter base
Remove the nut (Item 3) holding the operator cab where they contact the filter seal.
electrical harness clamp and move the harness toward
the front of the loader. Remove the bolts (Item 1) and Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter. Install the filter
remove the lower fan duct (Item 2) [Figure 255]. on the filter base [Figure 257].

Figure 256 Install and tighten the filter housing to 65 – 70 N•m (48 –
52 ft-lb) torque [Figure 256].

Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally


safe manner.

WARNING
1 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
P115344 W-2103-0508

Put a suitable container below the filter housing and Install the lower fan duct, bolts, electrical harness clamp,
remove the filter housing (Item 1) [Figure 256]. and nut [Figure 255].

NOTE: Failure to install the lower fan duct correctly


may result in decreased cooling.

Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 148.)

Skip ahead to All Models. (See All Models on Page 184.)

182 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter (Cont’d)

Later Models

Stop the engine. Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally


safe manner.
Figure 258

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
1 Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

Install the side access cover and bolts [Figure 258].

P115421
Skip ahead to All Models. (See All Models on Page 184.)

Remove the right side access cover bolts (Item 1)


[Figure 258] and remove the access cover.

Figure 259

P115695

Put a suitable container below the filter, remove the filter


(Item 1) [Figure 259], and clean the filter base.

Put clean oil on the new filter gasket, install the new filter,
and tighten the filter to 37 – 45 N•m (27 – 33 ft-lb) torque.

183 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter Replacing Reservoir Breather Cap
(Cont’d)
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct
All Models replacement interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Page 134.)
Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic
controls. Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 150.)

Figure 260
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. 1
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909

Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.


P115150
Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.
(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 176.)
Remove the breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 260] and
discard.

Install new breather cap.

Install the rear grille and close the rear door.

184 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER

Cleaning Procedure

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service


interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.)

Do not operate the loader with a defective exhaust


WARNING
system.
Never use machine in atmosphere with explosive
dust or gases or where exhaust can contact
flammable material. Failure to obey warnings can
IMPORTANT cause injury or death.
W-2068-1285

This machine is factory equipped with a spark


arrester exhaust system that must be maintained for
proper function.
WARNING
• WITH MUFFLER
The muffler chamber must be emptied every 100 Stop engine and allow the muffler to cool before
hours of operation to keep it in working cleaning the spark chamber. Wear safety goggles.
condition. Failure to obey can cause serious injury.
W-2011-1285
• WITH DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST (DOC)
Do not remove or modify the DOC. Figure 261
• WITH DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF)
The DPF must be maintained according to the
instructions in the Operation & Maintenance
Manual for proper function.
1
(If this machine is operated on flammable forest,
brush or grass cover land, a spark arrester attached
to the exhaust system may be required and must be
maintained in working order. Refer to local laws and
P115215
regulations for spark arrester requirements.)
I-2350-EN-0813
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 261] from the muffler.
Stop the engine and open the rear door.

WARNING
WARNING
When the engine is running during service, the
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH driving and steering controls must be in neutral and
When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh the parking brake engaged. Failure to do so can
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust cause injury or death.
fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust W-2006-1209
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
gases which can kill without warning. Start the engine and operate for approximately 10
W-2050-0807 seconds while a second person, wearing safety glasses,
holds a piece of wood over the outlet of the muffler. This
will force contaminants out through the cleanout hole.

Stop the engine. Install and tighten the plug. Close the
rear door.

185 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


TYRE MAINTENANCE

Wheel Nuts The same size tyres must be used on each side of the
loader. If different sizes are used, each tyre will turn at a
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service different rate and cause excessive wear. The tread bars
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.) of all the tyres must face the same direction.

Figure 262 Recommended tyre pressure must be maintained to


avoid excessive tyre wear, loss of stability, and loss of
handling capability. Check for correct pressure before
operating the loader. (See Tyres on Page 222.)

Mounting

Tyres are to be repaired only by an authorised person


using the proper procedures and safe equipment.

Tyres and rims must always be checked for correct size


before mounting. Check rim and tyre bead for damage.

The rim flange must be cleaned and free of rust.

P115213
The tyre bead and rim flange must be lubricated with a
rubber lubricant before mounting the tyre.

Follow the torques specified below for the wheel nuts Avoid excessive pressure that can rupture the tyre and
[Figure 262]: cause serious injury or death.

When installing wheel nuts, tighten to 217 N•m (160 During inflation of the tyre, check the tyre pressure
ft-lb) torque. frequently to avoid over inflation.

When checking wheel nut torque, set the torque


wrench to 190 N•m (140 ft-lb) to prevent
overtightening. WARNING
Rotating
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Check the tyres regularly for wear, damage, and Do not inflate tyres above specified pressure. Failure
pressure. to use correct tyre mounting procedure can cause an
explosion which can result in injury or death.
Figure 263 W-2078-EN-0909

IMPORTANT
Inflate tyres to the MAXIMUM pressure shown on the
sidewall of the tyre. DO NOT mix brands of tyres
used on the same machine.
I-2057-EN-1010

NA1023A

Rear tyres usually wear faster than front tyres. To keep


tyre wear even, move the front tyres to the rear and rear
tyres to the front [Figure 263].

186 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE)

Checking And Adding Fluid Removing And Replacing Fluid

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.) interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.)

The chaincase contains the final drive sprockets and Park the loader on a level surface and stop the engine.
chains, and uses the same type fluid as the hydraulic /
hydrostatic system. (See Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Remove the check plug (Item 1) [Figure 264] from the
Chart on Page 176.) front of the chaincase housing.

Park the loader on a level surface and stop the engine. Figure 265

Figure 264

P115218A

P115218
Pump the fluid out of the chaincase [Figure 265]. (Lift
arms shown raised for visual clarity.)
Remove the check plug (Item 1) [Figure 264] from the
front of the chaincase housing. (Lift arms shown raised Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally
for visual clarity.) safe manner.

If fluid can be reached with the tip of your finger through Add fluid through the check plug hole until fluid flows from
the hole, the fluid level is correct. the hole. (See Capacities on Page 221.)

If the level is low, add fluid through the check plug hole Install and tighten the plug [Figure 264].
until fluid flows from the hole.

Install and tighten the plug [Figure 264].


WARNING
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, explosion or fire.
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. W-2103-0508
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

187 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ALTERNATOR BELT

Belt Adjustment Belt Replacement

Stop the engine and open the rear door. Stop the engine and open the rear door.

Figure 266 Figure 268

P115335 P115216

The alternator is located behind the engine on the right Loosen the top alternator adjusting bolt (Item 1). Loosen
side of the loader [Figure 266]. the bottom alternator mounting bolt (Item 2)
[Figure 268].
Figure 267
Move the alternator toward the engine fully and remove
the belt from the pulleys.
1
Inspect the pulleys for wear.

Install new belt.

Move the alternator toward the front of the machine until


the belt has 8,0 mm (0.32 in) movement at the middle of
the belt span with 66 N (15 lb) of force applied.

Tighten the top alternator adjusting bolt and the bottom


2 alternator mounting bolt [Figure 268].

P115216
Close the rear door.

Start the engine and allow to operate for 10 minutes.


Loosen the top alternator adjusting bolt (Item 1). Loosen
the bottom alternator mounting bolt (Item 2) Stop the engine, open the rear door, and check belt
[Figure 267]. tension.

Move the alternator toward the front of the machine until Adjust belt tension if necessary.
the belt has 8,0 mm (0.32 in) movement at the middle of
the belt span with 66 N (15 lb) of force applied. Close the rear door.

Tighten the top alternator adjusting bolt and the bottom


alternator mounting bolt [Figure 267].

Close the rear door.

188 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


AIR CONDITIONING BELT

This machine may be equipped with air conditioning.

Belt Adjustment

The air conditioning belt is a special maintenance free type that is pretensioned over the pulleys. This belt eliminates the
need for a tensioning device and does not require periodic adjustment.

Belt Replacement

Figure 269 Figure 271

P115128 P115153

A belt tool [Figure 269] is required to install the new air Remove the left side access cover bolts (Item 1)
conditioning belt. See your Bobcat dealer. [Figure 271] and remove the access cover.

Stop the engine, open the rear door, and raise the Figure 272
operator cab. (See Raising on Page 147.)

Figure 270

3
2

P115335

The air conditioning compressor is located behind the


P115345
engine on the left side of the loader [Figure 272].

Remove the nut (Item 3) holding the operator cab


electrical harness clamp and move the harness toward
the front of the loader. Remove the bolts (Item 1) and
remove the lower fan duct (Item 2) [Figure 270].

189 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


AIR CONDITIONING BELT (CONT’D)

Belt Replacement Cont’d)

Figure 273 Figure 274

1
2

1
3

P115337 P115361

Cut the old belt (Item 1) [Figure 273] and remove the belt Install the belt on the air conditioning compressor pulley
from the pulleys. Inspect the pulleys for wear. and start the belt (Item 2) and the belt tool (Item 3) on the
front side of the hydraulic pump pulley (Item 1)
NOTE: This view [Figure 273] is from the rear door. [Figure 274].
The air conditioning belt can also be
accessed through the left side access cover NOTE: This view [Figure 274] is under the operator
or under the operator cab. cab on the left side of the loader.

Rotate the engine clockwise using the crankshaft pulley


nut. Do not use the hydraulic pump pulley nut or the
flywheel bolts.

Ensure that the belt is fully installed on both pulleys.


Repeat the procedure if necessary.

Remove the belt tool.

Install the lower fan duct, bolts, electrical harness clamp,


and nut [Figure 270].

NOTE: Failure to install the lower fan duct correctly


may result in decreased cooling.

Install the left side access cover and bolts [Figure 271].

Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 148.)

Close the rear door.

190 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DRIVE BELT

Belt Adjustment

The drive belt does not need adjustment. The belt has a spring loaded idler that constantly maintains the correct belt
tension.

Belt Replacement

Stop the engine and open the rear door. Figure 276

Remove the air conditioning belt. (See AIR 1


CONDITIONING BELT on Page 189.)

Figure 275 2

1
1

P115338

Do NOT loosen the drive belt shield mounting bolts (Item


1). Slide the drive belt shield (Item 2) [Figure 276]
toward the back of the loader to unseat the shield from
P115330A
the top and bottom drive belt shield mounting bolts.
(Engine shown removed for visual clarity.)
Remove the drive belt shield bolt (Item 1) [Figure 275].
Remove the drive belt shield (Item 2) [Figure 276].

191 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DRIVE BELT (CONT’D)

Belt Replacement (Cont’d)

Figure 277 Figure 278

Top Mounting Bolt

1 1

P115340A

Bottom Mounting Bolt


2
P115341

2
Insert a breaker bar (Item 2) into the square hole
provided in the idler assembly (Item 1) [Figure 277] as
shown and push the breaker bar up to release tension on
the drive belt. (Engine shown removed for visual clarity.)

Remove the drive belt from the hydrostatic pump pulley


P115339A
and flywheel pulley.

Inspect the pulleys for wear. Position the drive belt shield over the drive belt shield
mounting bolts. Slide the drive belt shield toward the front
Install new drive belt. of the loader to fully seat the shield onto the top and
bottom mounting bolts (Items 1 and 2) [Figure 278].
Ensure the drive belt is positioned correctly on both
pulleys and idler assembly. Figure 279

Remove the breaker bar.

P115330A

Install the drive belt shield bolt (Item 1) [Figure 279].

Install the air conditioning belt. (See AIR


CONDITIONING BELT on Page 189.)

Close the rear door.

192 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


LUBRICATING THE LOADER

Lubrication Locations

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Lubricate the following:
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 134.)
Figure 281
Record the operating hours each time you lubricate the
Bobcat loader.

Always use a good quality lithium based multipurpose


grease when you lubricate the loader. Apply the lubricant
until extra grease shows.
1
Remove attachment from the loader. (See Installing And
Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) on
Page 109.) OR (See Installing And Removing The
Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) on Page 112.)

Tilt the Bob-Tach forward until it contacts the ground.

Stop the engine. P115160

Figure 280
1. Lift Arm Pivot Pin (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 281].

1 Figure 282

2 5

6 7
8 2
3

4
P115212

The grease fitting locations [Figure 280] are shown in P115161


more detail in the following figures.

Open the rear door.

2. Base End Lift Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 282].

Close the rear door.

193 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


LUBRICATING THE LOADER (CONT’D)

Lubrication Locations (Cont’d)

Figure 283 Figure 285

P115219A P115165A

3. Rod End Lift Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 283]. 5. Base End Tilt Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 285].

Figure 284 Figure 286

P115164 P115167

4. Bob-Tach Wedge (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 284]. 6. Rod End Tilt Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 286].

194 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


LUBRICATING THE LOADER (CONT’D) PIVOT PINS

Lubrication Locations (Cont’d) Inspection And Maintenance

Figure 287 Figure 289

P115166 P115162

7. Bob-Tach Pivot Pin (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 287]. All lift arm and cylinder pivots have a large pin held in
position with a retainer bolt and locknut (Item 1)
Figure 288 [Figure 289].

Check that the locknuts are tightened to 48 – 54 N•m (35


– 40 ft-lb) torque.

P107959

8. Power Bob-Tach Hydraulic Cylinder (if equipped) (2)


[Figure 288].

195 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER)

Inspection And Maintenance

Figure 290 The wedges (Item 1) [Figure 291] must extend through
the holes in the attachment mounting frame.

The spring loaded wedges (Item 1) must contact the


lower edge of the holes in the attachment mounting
frame (Item 2) [Figure 291].

If the wedges do not contact the lower edge of the holes


[Figure 291], the attachment will be loose and can come
off the Bob-Tach.

Figure 292

P-85513A

Move the Bob-Tach levers down to engage the wedges


[Figure 290].

The levers and wedges must move freely.

WARNING NA3114

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be Bob-Tach, linkages, and wedges for excessive wear or
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can damage [Figure 292]. Replace any parts that are
allow attachment to come off. damaged, bent, or missing. Keep all fasteners tight.
W-2715-0208
Look for cracked welds. Contact your Bobcat dealer for
repair or replacement parts.
Figure 291
Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
1 Page 134.) and (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER on
Page 193.)

Both wedges must


contact lower edge of
holes in the attachment
mounting frame.

P-31233A NA3098

196 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


BOB-TACH (POWER)

This machine may be equipped with a Power Bob-Tach.

Inspection And Maintenance

Figure 293 The wedges (Item 1) [Figure 294] must extend through
the holes in the attachment mounting frame.

The spring loaded wedges (Item 1) must contact the


1 lower edge of the holes in the attachment mounting
frame (Item 2) [Figure 294].

If the wedges do not contact the lower edge of the holes


[Figure 294], the attachment will be loose and can come
off the Bob-Tach.

2 Figure 295

NA3094A

Push and hold the BOB-TACH WEDGES “UP” switch


(Item 1) until wedges are fully raised. Push and hold the
BOB-TACH WEDGES “DOWN” switch (Item 2)
[Figure 293] until the wedges are fully down.

The levers and wedges must move freely.

WARNING NA3114

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be Bob-Tach, linkages, and wedges for excessive wear or
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can damage [Figure 295]. Replace any parts that are
allow attachment to come off. damaged, bent, or missing. Keep all fasteners tight.
W-2715-0208
Look for cracked welds. Contact your Bobcat dealer for
repair or replacement parts.
Figure 294
Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Page 134.) and (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER on
1
Page 193.)

Both wedges must


contact lower edge of
holes in the attachment
mounting frame.

P-31233A NA3098

197 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE

Storage Return To Service

You may decide to store your Bobcat loader for an After the Bobcat loader has been in storage, perform the
extended period of time. Perform the procedures below procedures below to return the loader to service:
for storage:
• Check the engine oil and hydraulic fluid levels; check
• Thoroughly clean the loader including the engine coolant level.
compartment.
• Install a fully charged battery.
• Lubricate the loader.
• Remove grease from exposed cylinder rods.
• Replace worn or damaged parts.
• Check all belt tensions.
• Park the loader in a dry protected shelter.
• Be sure all shields and guards are in position.
• Lower the lift arms all the way and put the bucket flat
on the ground. • Lubricate the loader.

• Put blocks under the frame to remove weight from the • Check tyre inflation and remove blocks from under
tyres. frame.

• Put grease on any exposed cylinder rods. • Remove cover from exhaust pipe opening.

• Put fuel stabiliser into the fuel tank and operate the • Start the engine and operate for a few minutes while
engine a few minutes to circulate the stabiliser to the observing the instrument panels and systems for
pump and fuel injectors. correct operation.

If biodiesel blend fuel has been used, perform the • Operate machine, check for correct function.
following:
• Stop the engine and check for leaks. Repair as
Drain the fuel tank, refill with 100% petroleum diesel needed.
fuel, add fuel stabiliser, and operate the engine for at
least 30 minutes.

• Drain and flush the cooling system. Refill with


premixed coolant.

• Replace all fluids and filters (engine, hydraulic /


hydrostatic).

• Replace air cleaner, heater, and air conditioning


filters.

• Put all controls into the neutral position.

• Remove the battery. Be sure the electrolyte level is


correct, then charge the battery. Store the battery in a
cool dry location above freezing temperatures and
charge the battery periodically during storage.

• Cover the exhaust pipe opening.

• Tag the machine to indicate that the machine is in


storage condition.

198 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201


Viewing Service Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Service Codes List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

CONTROL PANEL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208


Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

PASSWORD SETUP (KEYLESS START PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211


Password Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Changing The Owner Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Password Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212


Password Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Changing The Owner Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Changing The User Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Password Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

MAINTENANCE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

199 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


200 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES

Viewing Service Codes

The Service Codes will aid your dealer in diagnosing conditions that can damage your machine.

Left Panel Deluxe Instrumentation Panel

Figure 296 The optional Deluxe Instrumentation Panel offers an


additional view of service codes that includes a brief
description.

1 The last 40 codes stored in history can also be viewed


using the Deluxe Instrumentation Panel.

Press a scroll button (Item


2 1) repeatedly until the
Active Warnings screen
NA3181 icon (Inset) is highlighted.
1 1
Press the Information button (Item 2) to cycle the data
The ACTIVE WARNINGS
display (Item 1) [Figure 296] until the service code
screen displays active
screen is displayed. If more than one service code is
service codes. Press [9]
present, the codes will scroll on the data display.
to view the next service
code if more than one is
When no service code is present, [NONE] is displayed
present. Press [4] to
[Figure 296].
display a history of service
codes.
NOTE: Corroded or loose earths can cause multiple
service codes and / or abnormal symptoms. The WARNINGS
All instrument panel lights flashing, alarm HISTORY screen will list
sounding, headlights and taillights flashing, the Service Code Number
can indicate a bad earth. The same symptoms (CODE), Hourmeter
can apply if the voltage is low, such as loose reading when the error
or corroded battery cables. If you observe occurred (HOUR), and the
these symptoms, check earths and positive User (USER) who was
leads first. logged in to operate the
machine when the error
occurred.
Press [9] to view the next eight service codes.

A total of 40 codes can be stored. When more than 40


codes occur, the oldest code will disappear and the
newest code will be in the number 1 position.

Press the list number next


to the service code for
more detail.

Press the left scroll button


to back up one screen.

201 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List

Figure 297 The following letter codes may be displayed:

[CODE] The controller is asking for a password.


1 2
(Keyless Start and Deluxe Instrumentation Panels
only.)

[DOOR] Operator cab door is open. (Lift and Tilt


functions will not operate.)

[ERROR] The wrong password was entered.


(Keyless Start and Deluxe Instrumentation Panels
only.)

[REPLY] One or both instrument panel(s) not


communicating with the controller.
NA3077
NA3084
NA3181 [SHTDN] A shutdown condition exists.

Service codes can be either letters (Item 1) or numbers


(Item 2) [Figure 297].

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


A0618 Wheel speed out of range A8232 ACD output ‘C’ overcurrent
A3623 ACD not programmed A8302 ACD output ‘D’ error ON
A4621 5 volt sensor supply out of range high A8303 ACD output ‘D’ error OFF
A4622 5 volt sensor supply out of range low A8305 ACD output ‘D’ short to battery
A4721 8 volt sensor supply out of range high A8306 ACD output ‘D’ short to earth
A4722 8 volt sensor supply out of range low A8307 ACD output ‘D’ open circuit
A7701 Machine key active A8332 ACD output ‘D’ overcurrent
A7901 E-Stop active A8402 ACD output ‘E’ error ON
A8002 ACD output ‘A’ error ON A8403 ACD output ‘E’ error OFF
A8003 ACD output ‘A’ error OFF A8405 ACD output ‘E’ short to battery
A8005 ACD output ‘A’ short to battery A8406 ACD output ‘E’ short to earth
A8006 ACD output ‘A’ short to earth A8407 ACD output ‘E’ open circuit
A8007 ACD output ‘A’ open circuit A8432 ACD output ‘E’ overcurrent
A8032 ACD output ‘A’ overcurrent A8502 ACD output ‘F’ error ON
A8102 ACD output ‘B’ error ON A8503 ACD output ‘F’ error OFF
A8103 ACD output ‘B’ error OFF A8505 ACD output ‘F’ short to battery
A8105 ACD output ‘B’ short to battery A8506 ACD output ‘F’ short to earth
A8106 ACD output ‘B’ short to earth A8507 ACD output ‘F’ open circuit
A8107 ACD output ‘B’ open circuit A8532 ACD output ‘F’ overcurrent
A8132 ACD output ‘B’ overcurrent A8602 ACD output ‘G’ error ON
A8202 ACD output ‘C’ error ON A8603 ACD output ‘G’ error OFF
A8203 ACD output ‘C’ error OFF A8605 ACD output ‘G’ short to battery
A8205 ACD output ‘C’ short to battery A8606 ACD output ‘G’ short to earth
A8206 ACD output ‘C’ short to earth A8607 ACD output ‘G’ open circuit
A8207 ACD output ‘C’ open circuit A8702 ACD output ‘H’ error ON

202 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


Drive left front wheel angle sensor out of range
A8703 ACD output ‘H’ error OFF D7534
low
Drive right rear wheel angle sensor out of range
A8705 ACD output ‘H’ short to battery D7535
low
Drive left rear wheel angle sensor out of range
A8706 ACD output ‘H’ short to earth D7536
low
A8707 ACD output ‘H’ open circuit D7537 Drive 5 volt sensor supply 1 out of range low
A8802 Reversing solenoid error ON D7538 Drive 5 volt sensor supply 2 out of range low
A8803 Reversing solenoid error OFF D7539 Drive left swash plate sensor out of range high
D7540 Drive left swash plate sensor out of range low
D3905 Left joystick X-axis not in neutral D7541 Drive right swash plate sensor out of range high
D3907 Left joystick Y-axis not in neutral D7542 Drive right swash plate sensor out of range low
D4007 Right joystick Y-axis not in neutral D7543 Drive left forward drive solenoid error ON
D7501 Drive CAN joystick information error D7544 Drive left reverse drive solenoid error ON
D7504 Drive no communication from drive controller D7545 Drive right forward drive solenoid error ON
D7505 Drive left joystick X-axis not in neutral D7546 Drive right reverse drive solenoid error ON
D7507 Drive left joystick Y-axis not in neutral D7547 Drive right front steer extend short to battery
D7508 Drive right joystick Y-axis not in neutral D7548 Drive left front steer extend short to battery
Drive operating mode switch short to earth or
D7509 D7549 Drive right rear steer extend short to battery
battery
D7510 Drive improper joysticks installed D7550 Drive left rear steer extend short to battery
D7511 Drive left speed sensor not connected D7551 Drive steer pressure short to battery
D7512 Drive right speed sensor not connected D7552 Drive back-up alarm error ON
D7513 Drive right front wheel angle sensor stuck D7553 Drive left forward drive solenoid error OFF
D7514 Drive left front wheel angle sensor stuck D7554 Drive left reverse drive solenoid error OFF
D7515 Drive right rear wheel angle sensor stuck D7555 Drive right forward drive solenoid error OFF
D7516 Drive left rear wheel angle sensor stuck D7556 Drive right reverse drive solenoid error OFF
D7517 Drive left swash plate not in neutral D7557 Drive right front steer extend short to earth
D7518 Drive right swash plate not in neutral D7558 Drive right front steer retract short to earth
D7519 Drive left joystick X-axis out of range high D7559 Drive left front steer extend short to earth
D7521 Drive left joystick Y-axis out of range high D7560 Drive left front steer retract short to earth
D7522 Drive right joystick Y-axis out of range high D7561 Drive right rear steer extend short to earth
Drive right front wheel angle sensor out of range
D7523 D7562 Drive right rear steer retract short to earth
high
Drive left front wheel angle sensor out of range
D7524 D7563 Drive left rear steer extend short to earth
high
Drive right rear wheel angle sensor out of range
D7525 D7564 Drive left rear steer retract short to earth
high
Drive left rear wheel angle sensor out of range
D7526 D7565 Drive steer pressure short to earth
high
D7527 Drive left swash plate out of position D7566 Drive back-up alarm error OFF
D7528 Drive right swash plate out of position D7567 Drive no communication from Bobcat controller
D7529 Drive left joystick X-axis out of range low D7568 Drive angle sensors not calibrated
D7531 Drive left joystick Y-axis out of range low D7569 Drive battery voltage out of range high
Drive interrupted power (also occurs after
D7532 Drive right joystick Y-axis out of range low D7570
software updates)
Drive right front wheel angle sensor out of range
D7533 D7571 Drive battery voltage out of range low
low

203 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


D7572 Drive pump not calibrated H2505 Diverter #2 short to battery
Drive operating mode switch flipped while
D7573 H2506 Diverter #2 short to earth
operating
D7574 Drive right wheel speed uncommanded motion H2507 Diverter #2 open circuit
D7575 Drive left wheel speed uncommanded motion H2605 Front base output short to battery
D7576 Drive no communication from ACS controller H2606 Front base output short to earth
D7577 Drive left speed sensor out of range high H2607 Front base output open circuit
D7578 Drive right speed sensor out of range high H2632 Front base output overcurrent
D7579 Drive left speed sensor out of range low H2705 Front rod output short to battery
D7580 Drive right speed sensor out of range low H2706 Front rod output short to earth
D7581 Drive right front steer retract short to battery H2707 Front rod output open circuit
D7582 Drive left front steer retract short to battery H2732 Front rod output overcurrent
D7583 Drive right rear steer retract short to battery H2805 Diverter short to battery
D7584 Drive left rear steer retract short to battery H2806 Diverter short to earth
D7585 Drive 5 volt sensor supply 1 out of range high H2807 Diverter open circuit
D7586 Drive 5 volt sensor supply 2 out of range high H2905 High-flow short to battery
D7587 Drive software update required H2906 High-flow short to earth
D7588 Drive switched power stuck ON H2907 High-flow open circuit
D7589 Drive switched power error OFF H2932 High-flow overcurrent
D7590 Drive calibration performed H3028 Controller memory failure
D7591 Drive left swash plate sensor reversed H3128 Interrupted power failure
D7592 Drive right swash plate sensor reversed H3648 Multiple ACD conflict error
D7593 Drive unresponsive right speed sensor H3904 Left joystick in error
D7594 Drive unresponsive left speed sensor H3912 Left joystick thumb switch not in neutral
D7595 Drive left speed sensor reverse direction H3913 Left joystick grip no communication
D7596 Drive right speed sensor reverse direction H3916 Left joystick no communication
D7597 Drive controller programmed H3928 Left joystick internal failure
D7598 Drive controller in calibration mode H3948 Left joystick multiple
Drive AWS controller in wheel position
D7599 H4004 Right joystick in error
calibration mode
H4012 Right joystick thumb switch not in neutral
H1221 Right thumb switch out of range high H4013 Right joystick grip no communication
H1222 Right thumb switch out of range low H4016 Right joystick no communication
H1224 Right thumb switch not in neutral H4028 Right joystick internal failure
H1321 Left thumb switch out of range high H4048 Right joystick multiple
H1322 Left thumb switch out of range low H4302 Horn error ON
H1324 Left thumb switch not in neutral H4303 Horn error OFF
H2305 Rear base output short to battery H4423 Auxiliary not programmed
H2306 Rear base output short to earth H4497 Auxiliary controller programmed
H2307 Rear base output open circuit H4502 Right blinker error ON
H2332 Rear base output overcurrent H4503 Right blinker error OFF
H2405 Rear rod output short to battery H4602 Left blinker error ON
H2406 Rear rod output short to earth H4603 Left blinker error OFF
H2407 Rear rod output open circuit H4721 8 volt sensor supply out of range high
H2432 Rear rod output overcurrent H4722 8 volt sensor supply out of range low

204 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


H7404 Main controller no communication M0822 Engine coolant temperature out of range low
M0826 Engine coolant temperature pre-shutdown
L0102 Lights button error ON M0909 Fuel level too low
High-flow enable / auto idle enable button error
L0202 M0921 Fuel level out of range high
ON
L0302 Auxiliary enable button error ON M0922 Fuel level out of range low
L0402 Information button error ON M1016 Hydraulic charge filter not connected
L7404 Main controller no communication M1017 Hydraulic charge filter plugged
L7672 Left display panel needs programming M1121 Seat bar sensor out of range high
M1122 Seat bar sensor out of range low
M0116 Air filter not connected M1128 Seat bar sensor failure
M0117 Air filter plugged M1305 Fuel hold solenoid short to battery
M0216 Hydraulic / Hydrostatic filter not connected M1306 Fuel hold solenoid short to earth
M0217 Hydraulic / Hydrostatic filter plugged M1307 Fuel hold solenoid open circuit
M0309 System voltage too low M1402 Fuel pull solenoid error ON
M0310 System voltage too high M1403 Fuel pull solenoid error OFF
M0311 System voltage extremely high M1407 Fuel pull solenoid open circuit
M0314 System voltage extremely low M1428 Fuel pull solenoid failure
M0322 System voltage out of range low M1502 Traction lock pull output error ON
M0409 Engine oil pressure too low M1503 Traction lock pull output error OFF
M0414 Engine oil pressure extremely low M1507 Traction lock pull output open circuit
M0415 Engine oil pressure in shutdown M1528 Traction lock pull output failure
M0421 Engine oil pressure out of range high M1605 Traction lock hold solenoid short to battery
M0422 Engine oil pressure out of range low M1606 Traction lock hold solenoid short to earth
M0509 Hydraulic charge pressure too low M1607 Traction lock hold solenoid open circuit
M0510 Hydraulic charge pressure too high M1705 Hydraulic lock valve short to battery
M0511 Hydraulic charge pressure extremely high M1706 Hydraulic lock valve short to earth
M0514 Hydraulic charge pressure extremely low M1707 Hydraulic lock valve open circuit
M0515 Hydraulic charge pressure in shutdown M1732 Hydraulic lock valve overcurrent
M0521 Hydraulic charge pressure out of range high M1805 Lift spool lock output short to battery
M0522 Hydraulic charge pressure out of range low M1806 Lift spool lock output short to earth
M0610 Engine speed too high M1807 Lift spool lock output open circuit
M0611 Engine speed extremely high M1832 Lift spool lock output overcurrent
M0613 Engine speed no signal M2005 Two-speed primary solenoid short to battery
M0615 Engine speed in shutdown M2006 Two-speed primary solenoid short to earth
M0618 Engine speed out of range M2007 Two-speed primary solenoid open circuit
M0634 Engine speed invalid information from ECU M2032 Two-speed primary solenoid overcurrent
M0710 Hydraulic fluid temperature too high M2102 Glow plug output error ON
M0711 Hydraulic fluid temperature extremely high M2103 Glow plug output error OFF
M0715 Hydraulic fluid temperature in shutdown M2107 Glow plug output open circuit
M0721 Hydraulic fluid temperature out of range high M2128 Glow plug output failure
M0722 Hydraulic fluid temperature out of range low M2202 Starter output error ON
M0810 Engine coolant temperature too high M2203 Starter output error OFF
M0811 Engine coolant temperature extremely high M2207 Starter output open circuit
M0815 Engine coolant temperature in shutdown M2228 Starter output failure
M0821 Engine coolant temperature out of range high M2302 Starter relay error ON

205 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


M2303 Starter relay error OFF M4902 Rear light relay error ON
M2402 Fuel pull relay error ON M4903 Rear light relay error OFF
M2403 Fuel pull relay error OFF M5002 Front light output error ON
M2502 Traction pull relay error ON M5003 Front light output error OFF
M2503 Traction pull relay error OFF M5007 Front light output open circuit
M2602 Glow plug relay error ON M5028 Front light output failure
M2603 Glow plug relay error OFF M5102 Rear light output error ON
M2721 Throttle primary sensor out of range high M5103 Rear light output error OFF
M2722 Throttle primary sensor out of range low M5107 Rear light output open circuit
M2821 Throttle secondary sensor out of range high M5128 Rear light output failure
M2822 Throttle secondary sensor out of range low M5202 Press to operate button error ON
M3028 Controller memory failure M5221 Press to operate button out of range high
M3128 Interrupted power failure M5222 Press to operate button out of range low
ACS (AHC) no communication to Bobcat
M3204 M5305 Press to operate light short to battery
controller
M3304 Deluxe panel no communication M5306 Press to operate light short to earth
M3404 Deluxe panel in error M5405 Tilt spool lock short to battery
M3505 Hydraulic fan short to battery M5406 Tilt spool lock short to earth
M3506 Hydraulic fan short to earth M5407 Tilt spool lock open circuit
M3507 Hydraulic fan open circuit M5432 Tilt spool lock overcurrent
M3532 Hydraulic fan overcurrent M5810 Fuel temperature too high
M3705 Two-speed second output short to battery M5811 Fuel temperature extremely high
M3706 Two-speed second output short to earth M5815 Fuel temperature in shutdown
M3707 Two-speed second output open circuit M5826 Fuel temperature pre-shutdown
M3732 Two-speed second output overcurrent M5902 DPF regeneration switch error ON
M3805 Auxiliary hydraulic lock short to battery M6002 DPF inhibit regeneration switch error ON
M3806 Auxiliary hydraulic lock short to earth M6102 Remote parked regeneration switch error ON
M3807 Auxiliary hydraulic lock open circuit M6402 Switched power relay error ON
M3832 Auxiliary hydraulic lock overcurrent M6403 Switched power relay error OFF
M4028 Wrong ECU detected M6505 ECU power short to battery
M4109 Alternator voltage too low M6506 ECU power short to earth
M4110 Alternator voltage high M6507 ECU power open circuit
M4111 Alternator voltage extremely high M6604 ECU no communication
M4304 Keyless panel no communication M6702 HVAC output error ON
M4404 Auxiliary no communication M6703 HVAC output error OFF
M4510 Water in fuel sensor too high M6707 HVAC output open circuit
M4511 Water in fuel sensor extremely high M6728 HVAC output failure
M4521 Water in fuel sensor out of range high M6802 HVAC relay error ON
M4522 Water in fuel sensor out of range low M6803 HVAC relay error OFF
M4621 5 volt sensor supply out of range high M7002 Switched power output error ON
M4622 5 volt sensor supply out of range low M7003 Switched power output error OFF
M4721 8 volt sensor supply out of range high M7007 Switched power output open circuit
M4722 8 volt sensor supply out of range low M7028 Switched power output failure
M4802 Front light relay error ON M7304 Remote control no communication
M4803 Front light relay error OFF M7316 Remote control no communication to transmitter

206 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


M7423 Main controller not programmed W3233 ACS (AHC) tilt handle wiring
M7472 Main controller needs programming W3234 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator not in neutral
M7497 Main controller programmed W3235 ACS (AHC) tilt handle / pedal not in neutral
M7504 Drive no communication W3236 ACS (AHC) lift actuator
M7604 Left display panel no communication W3237 ACS (AHC) lift actuator wiring
M7748 Key switch multiple W3238 ACS (AHC) lift handle wiring
M7839 Hourmeter changed W3239 ACS (AHC) lift actuator not in neutral
M7974 Door open W3240 ACS (AHC) lift handle / pedal not in neutral
M8541 DPF automatic regeneration active W3241 ACS (AHC) no communication
DPF automatic regeneration active (Operate
M8542 W3249 ACS (AHC) lift actuator short to earth
machine under load)
M8543 DPF regeneration required W3250 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator short to earth
M8551 DPF regeneration needed – inhibit active W3251 ACS (AHC) lift actuator short to battery
DPF regeneration needed – inhibit active
M8552 W3252 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator short to battery
(Operate machine under load)
DPF remote parked regeneration required
M8553 W3253 ACS (AHC) lift handle / pedal short to earth
(Remote regeneration kit required)
DPF service regeneration required (Contact
M8554 W3254 ACS (AHC) tilt handle / pedal short to earth
Bobcat dealer)
M8555 DPF service required W3255 ACS (AHC) lift handle / pedal short to battery
M8560 DPF service regeneration active W3256 ACS (AHC) tilt handle / pedal short to battery
M8561 DPF service regeneration active W3257 ACS (AHC) lift actuator reduced performance
M8562 DPF service regeneration active W3258 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator reduced performance
M8563 DPF service regeneration active W3259 ACS (AHC) lift actuator wrong direction
M8564 DPF service regeneration active W3260 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator wrong direction
M8615 Engine speed derate in shutdown W3261 ACS (AHC) handle lock short to earth
M8625 Engine speed derate unresponsive W3262 ACS (AHC) handle lock short to battery
W3263 ACS (AHC) pedal lock short to earth
R7404 Main controller no communication W3264 ACS (AHC) pedal lock short to battery
W3265 ACS (AHC) sensor supply voltage out of range
T9002 Service tool output ‘C’ error ON W3266 ACS (AHC) battery voltage out of range
T9003 Service tool output ‘C’ error OFF W3267 ACS (AHC) switch flipped while operating
T9102 Service tool output ‘D’ error ON W3268 ACS (AHC) lift handle information error
ACS (AHC) control mode toggle switched while
T9103 Service tool output ‘D’ error OFF W3269
operating
T9202 Service tool output ‘E’ error ON W3270 ACS (AHC) right drive handle short to earth
T9203 Service tool output ‘E’ error OFF W3271 ACS (AHC) right drive handle short to battery
T9302 Service tool output ‘F’ error ON W3274 ACS (AHC) left joystick X-axis out of range
T9303 Service tool output ‘F’ error OFF W3275 ACS (AHC) interrupted unswitched power
ACS (AHC) no communication to Bobcat
W3204 W3276 ACS (AHC) CAN joystick information error
controller
W3223 ACS (AHC) calibration required W3277 ACS (AHC) remote control information error
W3224 ACS (AHC) calibration performed W3297 ACS (AHC) controller programmed
W3225 ACS (AHC) actuator calibration failed W3905 Left joystick X-axis not in neutral
W3231 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator W4005 Right joystick X-axis not in neutral
W3232 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator wiring W4007 Right joystick Y-axis not in neutral

207 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CONTROL PANEL SETUP

Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel)

Icon Identification Vitals

Figure 298

Press a scroll button (Item


1) repeatedly until the
Vitals screen icon (Inset)
is highlighted.
1 1

Displays select system


operating levels.

NA3189
You can monitor real-time displays of:

ICON DESCRIPTION • Engine Speed


• Engine Oil Pressure
DATE / TIME • Engine Coolant Temperature
• System Voltage
USER / HOURMETER • Hydraulic Charge Pressure
• Hydraulic Fluid Temperature
CURRENT JOB HOURS
The Deluxe Instrumentation Panel is easy to use.
ACTIVE WARNINGS screen icon Continue to set your own preferences for operating /
monitoring your Bobcat loader.
VITALS screen icon

SERVICE screen icon

MAIN screen icon

ATTACHMENTS screen icon

SECURITY screen icon

DISPLAY screen icon

HOME icon (Return to MAIN screen)

LEFT SCROLL button

RIGHT SCROLL button

ENTER button

208 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CONTROL PANEL SETUP (CONT’D)

Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) (Cont’d)

Date And Time English / Metric Display

Press a scroll button (Item Press a scroll button (Item


1) repeatedly until the 1) repeatedly until the
Display screen icon (Inset) Display screen icon (Inset)
is highlighted. is highlighted.
1 1 1 1

Select [4. DISPLAY


Select [1. CLOCKS].
SETTINGS].

Press [1] to cycle between


Select [1. TIME].
ENGLISH and METRIC.

Use the keypad to enter


time.

Select AM / PM / 24hr.

Press [ENTER] to
continue.

Select [2. DATE].

Use the keypad to enter


date.

Press [ENTER] to
continue.

209 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CONTROL PANEL SETUP (CONT’D)

Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) (Cont’d)

Job Clock Reset Machine Lockouts

Press a scroll button (Item Press a scroll button (Item


1) repeatedly until the 1) repeatedly until the
Security screen icon Security screen icon
(Inset) is highlighted. (Inset) is highlighted.
1 1 1 1

Select [1. PASSWORDS /


LOCKOUTS].
Select [1. PASSWORDS /
LOCKOUTS].

Enter owner password


and press [ENTER].
Enter owner password
and press [ENTER].

Select [4. TWO-SPEED].


Select [1. USER
SETTINGS].

Select user. TWO-SPEED

Press user number to


cycle between LOCKED
and UNLOCKED.

Select [3. RESET JOB


STATISTICS]. NOTE: Two-Speed lockouts for the owner are active
even if the Password Lockout feature is
unlocked.

Press [9] to reset job


statistics.

Press left scroll button or


[0] to exit without saving.

210 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


PASSWORD SETUP (KEYLESS START PANEL)

Password Description

Master Password: Owner Password:

A permanent, randomly selected password set at the Allows for full use of the loader. Must be used to
factory that cannot be changed. This password is change the owner password.
used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner
password is not known or to change the owner
password.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

Changing The Owner Password Password Lockout Feature

Turn the key switch to the RUN position to turn on the This feature allows the owner to unlock the password
loaders electrical system. feature so that a password does not need to be used
every time the engine is started.
Enter the five digit owner password using the number
keys (1 through 0) if locked. Turn the key switch to the RUN position to turn on the
loaders electrical system.
Figure 299
Enter the five digit owner password using the number
keys (1 through 0).

Press the unlock key (Item 2) [Figure 299].

The left panel display screen will show [CODE].

Enter the five digit owner password using the number


keys (1 through 0). The unlock key green light will flash,
then become solid.

1 The loader can now be started without using a password.


2
NOTE: Use the following procedure to reset the
P-90805
machine lock so that the loader requires a
password to start the engine.

Press and hold the lock (Item 1) and unlock (Item 2) Turn the key switch to the RUN position to turn on the
[Figure 299] keys for 2 seconds. loaders electrical system.

The lock key red light will flash and the left panel display Press the lock key (Item 1) [Figure 299].
screen will show [ENTER].
The lock key red light will flash and the left panel display
Enter a new five digit owner password using the number screen will show [CODE].
keys (1 through 0). An asterisk will show in the left panel
display screen for each key press. Enter the five digit owner password using the number
keys (1 through 0). The unlock key green light will flash,
The left panel display screen will show [AGAIN]. then the lock key red light will become solid.

Enter the new five digit owner password again. You must now enter the password every time to start the
loader.
The lock key red light will become solid.

211 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION PANEL)

Password Description Changing The Owner Password

All new machines with a Deluxe Instrumentation Panel


arrive at Bobcat dealerships with the keypad in locked
mode. Locked mode means that a password must be Press a scroll button (Item
used to start the engine. 1) repeatedly until the
Security screen icon
For security purposes, your dealer may change the (Inset) is highlighted.
password and set the keypad in the locked mode. Your 1 1
dealer will provide you with the password.

Master Password:

A permanent, randomly selected password set at the Select [1. PASSWORDS /


factory that cannot be changed. This password is LOCKOUTS].
used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner
password is not known or to change the owner
password.

Owner Password:
Enter owner password
Allows for full use of the loader and to set up the
and press [ENTER].
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel. There is only one
owner password. The owner password must be used
to change the owner or user passwords. Owner
should change the password as soon as possible for
security of the loader.

User Password: Select [1. USER


SETTINGS].
Allows starting and operating the loader; cannot
change passwords or lockout features.

For the procedures to change passwords: (See Changing


The Owner Password on Page 212.) and (See Changing
The User Passwords on Page 213.)

Select [1. OWNER].

Select [2. CHANGE


PASSWORD].

Enter new owner


password and press
[ENTER].

You will be prompted to


reenter the new owner
password.

212 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION PANEL) (CONT’D)

Changing The User Passwords Password Lockout Feature

This feature allows the owner to unlock the password


feature so that a password does not need to be used
Press a scroll button (Item every time the engine is started.
1) repeatedly until the
Security screen icon
(Inset) is highlighted.
1 1 Press a scroll button (Item
1) repeatedly until the
Security screen icon
(Inset) is highlighted.

Select [1. PASSWORDS / 1 1


LOCKOUTS].

Select [1. PASSWORDS /


LOCKOUTS].

Enter owner password


and press [ENTER].

Enter owner password


and press [ENTER].

Select [1. USER


SETTINGS].

Select [2. MACHINE


LOCK].

Select user.

NOTE: The procedure above can be followed to reset


the machine lock so that the machine requires
a password to start the engine.

Select [2. CHANGE


PASSWORD].

Enter new user password


and press [ENTER].

213 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MAINTENANCE CLOCK

Description

The Maintenance Clock alerts the operator when the next This message will appear for 10 seconds every time the
service interval is due. EXAMPLE: The maintenance machine is started until the maintenance clock is reset.
clock can be set to a 500 hour interval as a reminder for
the next 500 hour planned maintenance. Figure 302

Figure 300

2
1

3
1
NA3086

During machine operation, a 2 beep alarm will sound NA3198


when there are less than 10 hours until the next planned
maintenance.
The Deluxe Instrumentation Panel (if equipped) will
display a bar (Item 1) [Figure 302] showing the time
The remaining hours before maintenance is required
remaining until next service. This bar will turn red when
(Item 1) will appear in the data display for 5 seconds
service is past due. [NEXT MAINTENANCE DUE] will
while the service icon (Item 3) and the hourmeter icon
change to [MAINTENANCE PAST DUE] and display the
(Item 2) [Figure 300] flash.
number of hours past due.
NOTE: The display will show negative numbers after
Keys [4] and [9] can be used to adjust the service
counting down to zero.
interval when the owner is logged in [Figure 302].
The display will revert to the previous display and will
appear for 5 seconds every time the machine is started
until the maintenance clock is reset.
Setup
Figure 301
See your Bobcat dealer about installation of this feature.

Reset

See your Bobcat dealer to reset the maintenance clock.

NA3195

The Deluxe Instrumentation Panel (if equipped) will


display a message (Item 1) [Figure 301] alerting the
operator to service the machine.

214 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SPECIFICATIONS

(S450) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217


Machine Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Drive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Fuel Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

215 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


216 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


(S450) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS

Machine Dimensions

• Dimensions are given for loader equipped with standard tyres and 62 in. General Purpose bucket and may vary with
other bucket types.

• Where applicable, specifications conform to SAE or ISO standards and are subject to change without notice.

1539 mm
(60.6 in) 1941 mm
(76.4 in)

1488 mm
(58.6 in)
1575 mm
1222 mm
(62 in)
(48.1 in)

91°

40°
3559 mm
(140.1 in)
528 mm
(20.8 in)

2781 mm
(109.5 in)

1976 mm 2157 mm
(77.8 in) (84.9 in)

23° 28°

213 mm
(8.4 in) 899 mm
(35.4 in)
2502 mm
(98.5 in)

3173 mm
(124.9 in) NA9142

Changes of structure or weight distribution of the loader can cause changes in control and steering response,
and can cause failure of the loader parts.

217 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


(S450) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Performance

Rated Operating Capacity


608 kg (1340 lb)
(ISO 14397-1)
with 160 Pound Axle Weight Kit
643 kg (1417 lb)
(ISO 14397-1)
Tipping Load (ISO 14397-1) 1215 kg (2679 lb)
Operating Weight 2365 kg (5214 lb)
Breakout Force – Lift 1203 kg (2653 lb)
Breakout Force – Tilt 1224 kg (2698 lb)
Travel Speed:
– Single Speed Loader 0 – 11,4 km/h (0 – 7.1 mph)
– Two-Speed Loader (Option):
Low Range 0 – 10,5 km/h (0 – 6.5 mph)
High Range 0 – 14,8 km/h (0 – 9.2 mph)

Engine

Make / Model Kubota / V2203-M-DI-E2B Stage III A


Fuel / Cooling Diesel / Liquid
Horsepower:
– ISO 9249 EEC / SAE J1349 Net 34,3 kW (46.0 hp) @ 2800 rpm
– ISO 14396 Gross 35,9 kW (48.1 hp) @ 2800 rpm
– SAE J1995 Gross 36,4 kW (48.8 hp) @ 2800 rpm
Torque:
– ISO 9249 EEC / SAE J1349 Net 140,3 N•m (103.5 ft-lb) @ 1700 rpm
– SAE J1995 Gross 149,8 N•m (110.5 ft-lb) @ 1700 rpm
Low Idle rpm 1075 – 1225
High Idle rpm 2860 – 3000
Number of Cylinders 4
Displacement 2196 cm3 (134.0 in3)
Bore / Stroke 87 mm / 92 mm (3.43 in / 3.64 in)
Lubrication Gear Pump Pressure System with Filter
Crankcase Ventilation Closed Breathing
Air Cleaner Dry replaceable paper cartridge with separate safety element
Ignition Diesel – Compression
Air Induction Naturally Aspirated
Engine Coolant Propylene Glycol / Water Mixture
Starting Aid Glow plugs automatically activated as needed in RUN position

218 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


(S450) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Drive System

Main Drive Fully hydrostatic, 4-wheel drive


Infinitely variable tandem hydrostatic piston pumps, driving two fully reversing
Transmission
hydrostatic motors
Prestressed #80 HSOC endless roller chain (no master link) and sprockets in
Final Drive sealed chaincase with oil lubrication (Chains do not require periodic adjustments)
Two chains per side with no idler sprocket
Axle Size 50,29 mm (1.98 in), heat treated
Wheel Bolts Eight – 9/16 in. wheel bolts fixed to axle hubs

Controls

Direction and speed controlled by two hand operated steering levers or optional
Machine Steering
joystick(s)
Loader Hydraulics:
Controlled by separate foot pedals or optional Advanced Control System (ACS)
– Lift and Tilt
or optional Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC)
– Front Auxiliary Controlled by electrical switch on Right Hand steering lever or joystick
Auxiliary Pressure Release Pressure relieved through quick couplers; Push couplers in, hold for 5 seconds
Hand operated speed control, additional foot operated speed control pedal with
Engine SJC option; key-type start switch or optional Keyless Start Panel or optional
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel and function error shutdown
Two independent hydrostatic systems controlled by two hand operated steering
Service Brake
levers or optional joystick(s)
Secondary Brake One of the hydrostatic transmissions
Parking Brake Mechanical disc activated by manually operated switch on left instrument panel

219 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


(S450) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Hydraulic System

Pump Type Engine driven, gear type


Pump Capacity 63,2 L/min (16.7 U.S. gpm)
System Relief at Quick Couplers 22,4 – 23,1 MPa (224 – 231 bar) (3250 – 3350 psi)
Filter (Hydraulic / Hydrostatic) Replaceable beta 10 micron = 200, drop in element
Filter (Charge) Replaceable beta 10 micron = 200, drop in element
Hydraulic Cylinders: Double-acting; tilt cylinders have cushioning feature on dump and rollback
Lift Cylinder (2):
Bore Diameter 50,8 mm (2.00 in)
Rod Diameter 31,8 mm (1.25 in)
Stroke 665,2 mm (26.19 in)
Tilt Cylinder (2):
Bore Diameter 60,4 mm (2.38 in)
Rod Diameter 31,8 mm (1.25 in)
Stroke 356,9 mm (14.05 in)
3-Spool, open centre, manually operated with spring detent for lift float;
Control Valve – Standard
Electrically controlled auxiliary spool
3-Spool, open centre with electric actuator controlled lift with float and tilt;
Control Valve – ACS and SJC
Electrically controlled auxiliary spool
Fluid Lines SAE Standard tubelines, hoses, and fittings
Hydraulic Function Time:
Raise Lift Arms 2.6 seconds
Lower Lift Arms 2.4 seconds
Bucket Dump 2.0 seconds
Bucket Rollback 1.5 seconds

220 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


(S450) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Electrical System

Alternator Belt driven, 90 amperes, open frame


12 volt, 600 cold cranking amperes @ -18°C (0°F),
Battery
115 minute reserve capacity @ 25 amperes
Starter 12 volt, gear type, 2,7 kW (3.62 hp)
Gauges:
Engine Coolant Temperature and Fuel Level
Warning lights:
Fuel Level, Seat Belt, Engine Coolant Temperature, Engine Malfunction,
Hydraulic System Malfunction, Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) / Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF), and General Warning
Indicators:
BICS™ Functions, Two-Speed, 3-Point Restraint, and Turn Signals
Data Display:
Operating Hours, Engine rpm, Speed Management Setting, Maintenance Clock
Instrumentation Countdown, Battery Voltage, Service Codes, Engine Preheat Countdown, Lift
and Tilt Compensation Setting, Steering Drift Compensation Setting, and Drive
Response Setting
Other:
Audible Alarm, Lights, and Option / Accessory Switches
Optional Deluxe Instrumentation Panel:
*Additional displays for: Engine rpm, Engine Coolant Temperature, Engine Oil
Pressure, System Voltage, Hydraulic Fluid Temperature, and Hydrostatic Charge
Pressure
*Additional Features Included: Keyless Start, Digital Clock, Job Clock, Password
Lockout, Multiple-Language Display, Help Screens, Diagnostic Capability, and
Engine / Hydraulic Systems Shutdown Function

Capacities

Fuel 54,5 L (14.4 U.S. gal)


Engine Oil with Filter Change 8,7 L (9.2 qt)
Engine Cooling System with Heater 10,6 L (2.8 U.S. gal)
Engine Cooling System without
9,5 L (2.5 U.S. gal)
Heater
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Reservoir 5,3 L (1.4 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System 21,0 L (5.5 U.S. gal)
Chaincase Reservoir 21,0 L (5.5 U.S. gal)
Air Conditioning Refrigerant (R-134a) 0,68 kg (1.5 lb)

221 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


(S450) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Tyres

Heavy Duty (Standard) 10.00 – 16.5, 10 Ply Rating


Heavy Duty Poly Fill (Option) 10.00 – 16.5, 10 Ply Rating
Severe Duty (Option) 10.00 – 16.5, 10 Ply Rating
Severe Duty Poly Fill (Option) 10.00 – 16.5, 10 Ply Rating
Solidflex (Option) 31 x 6 x 10
Standard Duty (Option) 10.00 – 16.5, 8 Ply Rating
Inflate tyres to MAXIMUM pressure shown on the sidewall of the tyre; DO NOT
Recommended Pressure
mix brands of tyres used on the same loader

Fuel Consumption

Engine Load Full - 100% High - 70% Medium - 50% Low - 30%
10,6 L 8,7 L 7,6 L 7,2 L
Fuel Consumption Rate Per Hour
(2.8 U.S. gal) (2.3 U.S. gal) (2.0 U.S. gal) (1.9 U.S. gal)
NOTE: The engine fuel consumption chart is to be used as a guideline only. The actual results may vary.

Environmental

DECLARED SINGLE-NUMBER NOISE EMISSION VALUES


In accordance with ISO 4871
Noise level per Directive 2000/14/EC — LwA 101 dB
Operator noise level per Directive 2006/42/EC — LpA 87 dB

DECLARED VIBRATION EMISSION VALUES


In accordance with EN 12096
Value Uncertainty
Whole-body vibration per ISO 2631-1 1,29 m/s2 0,52 m/s2
Hand-arm vibration per ISO 5349-1 1,73 m/s2 ---

Temperature Range

Operation and storage -26 – +43°C (-15 – +110°F)

222 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


WARRANTY

WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

223 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


224 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


WARRANTY

WARRANTY
BOBCAT LOADERS
DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. warrants to its authorised dealers who in turn warrant to the end-user / owner that each new Bobcat
loader will be free from proven defects in material and workmanship for twelve months from the date of delivery to the end-
user / owner or 2000 hours of machine usage, whichever occurs first.

During the warranty period, the authorised selling Bobcat dealer shall repair or replace, at DOOSAN BENELUX S.A.'s option,
without charge for parts, labour and travel time of mechanics, any part of the Bobcat product which fails because of defects
in material and workmanship. The end-user / owner shall provide the authorised Bobcat dealer with prompt written notice
of the defect and allow reasonable time for replacement or repair. DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. may, at its option, request failed
parts to be returned to the factory. Transportation of the Bobcat product to the authorised Bobcat dealer for warranty work
is the responsibility of the end-user / owner.

Service schedules must be adhered to, documented and genuine parts / lubricants must be used. The warranty does not
cover oils and lubricants, coolant fluids, filter elements, tune-up parts, bulbs, fuses, ignition system parts (glow plugs, fuel
injection pumps, injectors), alternator fan belts, drive belts and other high-wear items. Pins and bushings are considered to
be normal consumable items and are not warranted.

The warranty does not apply to tyres or other trade accessories not manufactured by Bobcat. The owner shall rely solely on
the warranty, if any, of the respective manufacturers thereof. The warranty does not cover damages resulting from abuse,
accidents, alterations, use of the Bobcat product with any bucket or attachment not approved by Bobcat, air flow
obstructions, or failure to maintain or use the Bobcat product according to the instructions applicable to it.
DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. EXCLUDES OTHER CONDITIONS, WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ALL KINDS,
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE (EXCEPT THAT OF TITLE) INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES
AND CONDITIONS RELATING TO MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.

CORRECTIONS BY DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. OF NONCONFORMITIES WHETHER PATENT OR LATENT, IN THE MANNER
AND FOR THE TIME PERIOD PROVIDED ABOVE, SHALL CONSTITUTE FULFILMENT OF ALL LIABILITIES OF DOOSAN
BENELUX S.A. FOR SUCH NONCONFORMITIES, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE,
INDEMNITY, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE WITH RESPECT TO OR ARISING OUT OF SUCH PRODUCT.

THE REMEDIES OF THE END-USER / OWNER SET FORTH UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE WARRANTY OUTLINED
ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. INCLUDING ANY HOLDING, SUBSIDIARY,
ASSOCIATED OR AFFILIATED COMPANY OR DISTRIBUTOR WITH RESPECT TO THIS SALE OR THE PRODUCT AND
SERVICE FURNISHED HEREUNDER IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OR BREACH THEREOF, OR FROM
DELIVERY, INSTALLATION, REPAIR OR TECHNICAL DIRECTION COVERED BY OR FURNISHED UNDER THIS SALE,
WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, INDEMNITY, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE
SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT UPON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY IS BASED.
DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. INCLUDING ANY HOLDING, SUBSIDIARY, ASSOCIATED OR AFFILIATED COMPANY AND
DISTRIBUTOR SHALL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE TO THE END-USER / OWNER, ANY SUCCESSORS IN INTEREST OR ANY
BENEFICIARY OR ASSIGNEE RELATING TO THIS SALE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR
PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS SALE OR BY ANY BREACH THEREOF, OR ANY DEFECT IN, OR FAILURE OF,
OR MALFUNCTION OF THE PRODUCT UNDER THIS SALE, WHETHER BASED UPON LOSS OF USE, LOST PROFITS OR
REVENUE, INTEREST, LOST GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, IMPAIRMENT OF OTHER GOODS, LOSS BY REASON OF
SHUTDOWN OR NON-OPERATION, INCREASED EXPENSES OF OPERATION OR CLAIMS OF USER OR CUSTOMERS OF
THE USER FOR SERVICE INTERRUPTION WHETHER OR NOT SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE IS BASED ON CONTRACT,
WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, INDEMNITY, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE.

4700002-EN (1-10) Printed in Belgium

225 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


226 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ALPHABETICAL INDEX

(S450) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . 217 LOADER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13


AIR CONDITIONING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO
ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD) . 91 LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 LUBRICATING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . 193
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . 144 MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . 26
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 MAINTENANCE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
................................... 9 MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANELS . . . 105
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . 115
(BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
(BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS . . . . . . . . 1
BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) . . . . . . . . . . . 196
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
BOB-TACH (POWER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE
CONTROL IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . 57 INSTRUMENTATION PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . 212
CONTROL PANEL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 PASSWORD SETUP (KEYLESS START
COUNTERWEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 PIVOT PINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY . . . . . . . 7 PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . 94
DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . 201 RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
DRIVE RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 REAR GRILLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER . 70 REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . 9
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . 138
ENGINE AIR CLEANER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . 63
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . 164 SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . 161 SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . 11
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES, AND SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER . . . . . . . . 185
ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
(CHAINCASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION . . . . . 79
FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE
FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR STOPPING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
CONDITIONING (HVAC) SYSTEM . . . . . . 151 TOWING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . 176 TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE . . . . . . . . . . 64
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A
INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION . . 45 TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
LIFT AND TILT COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . 81 TWO-SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL . . . . . . . . . 65 TYRE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE . . . . . . . . . 141 WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
LIFTING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

227 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


228 S450 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org)

You might also like